[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2022077351A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022077351A1
WO2022077351A1 PCT/CN2020/121197 CN2020121197W WO2022077351A1 WO 2022077351 A1 WO2022077351 A1 WO 2022077351A1 CN 2020121197 W CN2020121197 W CN 2020121197W WO 2022077351 A1 WO2022077351 A1 WO 2022077351A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
time unit
resources
information
configuration information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/121197
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张云昊
李超君
吴艺群
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/121197 priority Critical patent/WO2022077351A1/en
Publication of WO2022077351A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022077351A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/04Error control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • REDCAP UE is a capability relative to UEs supported in existing NR systems, such as enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) UE and ultra-relaible and low latency communication (URLLC) UE.
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-relaible and low latency communication
  • the lower UE type can be used for massive machine type communication (mMTC) scenarios.
  • mMTC massive machine type communication
  • the main feature of REDCAP UE is to meet its higher UE energy saving requirements by reducing or limiting the UE's capabilities. For example, the bandwidth capabilities of REDCAP UEs can be limited relative to eMBB UEs.
  • the maximum partial bandwidth (BWP) that a REDCAP UE can support is reduced to 20 megahertz (megahertz, MHz) or 10 MHz.
  • the signal processing capability (processing capability) of the REDCAP UE may be reduced, the processing delay requirement (processing time) may be relaxed, and/or the antenna capability may be reduced.
  • REDCAP UE only supports half-duplex frequency division duplex (HD-FDD) capability in frequency division duplex (FDD) mode, and REDCAP UE does not support full-duplex capability in HD-FDD mode.
  • Duplex frequency division duplex (Full-duplex FDD, FD-FDD) simultaneous reception and transmission behavior, and switching between transmission and reception requires a guard time (guard time). How to make REDCAP UE and network equipment communicate effectively is a current research focus.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device, which can improve the reliability of communication.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the terminal device.
  • a module eg, a chip
  • the method includes: receiving indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, where the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate uplink resources, downlink resources and One or more resources in flexible resources, K is an integer greater than 0.
  • the network device notifies the terminal device through the indication information that one or more of the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units indicated by the at least one time unit format configuration information, the terminal device uses The indication information specifies one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units.
  • the terminal device and the network device can reach a consensus on the format of the N time units, and perform receiving and sending behaviors according to the format of the N time units, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
  • the indication information is indication information dedicated to terminal devices, or the indication information is public information of multiple terminal devices.
  • the K time unit format configuration information is time unit format configuration information in at least one time unit format configuration information group, and the at least one time unit format configuration information group It includes one or more of the following time unit format configuration information groups: a first time unit format configuration information group, including at least one first time unit format configuration information, the first time unit format configuration information is used to indicate a time Each sub-time unit in the unit is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, and one such time unit includes M sub-time units, where M is an integer greater than 0; the second time unit format configuration information group, including at least one second time unit Format configuration information, the second time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each time unit in the P time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, and P is a positive integer less than or equal to N; the third time unit format A configuration information group, including at least one third time unit format configuration information, where the third time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub
  • the method further includes: determining the number of the time units according to the number of the time units indicated by each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information The number N of the time units indicated by the K time unit format configuration information.
  • the K time unit format configuration information may be K in multiple format configuration information groups, so that the indication information can indicate the format of time units of different lengths and/or different granularities, so that each format can be efficiently transmitted. granular information.
  • the indication information specifically indicates the identifier of each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information, or the indication information specifically indicates the at least The identification of each time unit format configuration information group in a time unit format configuration information group and the identification of each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information in the corresponding time unit format configuration information group .
  • one of the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group or Many are protocol-specific or network-configured.
  • the network equipment configures the terminal equipment through signaling.
  • the signaling may be system information (such as SIB), or common RRC signaling, or the like.
  • the time unit format configuration information group can be specified by the protocol, which can reduce information overhead and power consumption, for example, reduce the power consumption of REDCAP UE.
  • the time unit format configuration information group may also be network-configured, which can improve the flexibility of format configuration.
  • the N time units are N time units following the time unit where the indication information is located.
  • the indication information is carried in the downlink control information DCI and/or the medium access control control element MAC CE.
  • the indication information is carried in a DCI dedicated to the terminal device.
  • the wireless network dedicated to the terminal device temporarily identifies the scrambled DCI.
  • the DCI format may be DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_0, and DCI format 1_1, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the method before receiving the indication information from the network device, the method further includes: receiving first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information using In configuring each time unit in one or more time units as uplink resources, downlink resources or flexible resources; according to the indication information, determine the flexible resources in the one or more time units and the N time units
  • the overlapping resources include one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources.
  • the terminal device does not expect uplink resources or downlink resources in the multiple time units indicated by the first configuration information to be rewritten or changed by the indication information.
  • the terminal device does not expect the indication information to modify the format of resources other than the flexible resources indicated by the first configuration information.
  • the format of some resources can be configured by the network device through the first configuration information, and then the format of the flexible resources can be modified by the indication information, which can reduce the signaling overhead caused by sending the indication information multiple times.
  • the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, the first resource and The second resource overlaps at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes: sending or receiving the first information on the first resource.
  • the terminal device and the network device determine to send or receive information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the resource, so that the terminal device and the network device can compare the overlapped resources.
  • a consensus can be reached on the information carried on the network, which can improve the reliability of communication.
  • the first resource includes at least one first sub-resource, wherein at least one of the following information of different first sub-resources is different: frequency, time, the type of the first information and the type of the first resource, each of the first sub-resources in the at least one first sub-resource corresponds to a priority
  • the second resource includes at least one second sub-resource, wherein, at least one of the following information of different second sub-resources is different: frequency, time, type of the second information and type of the second resource, each of the at least one second sub-resource Two sub-resources correspond to one priority, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, including: the priority of the first sub-resource corresponding to the third resource is higher than that of the third resource The priority of the second sub-resource.
  • the resources are divided into sub-resources and the priorities of the sub-resources are set, and the priorities of the sub-resources corresponding to the overlapping parts are compared, so that the high-priority resources can be more accurately sent or received.
  • the terminal device and the network device can reach a consensus on the information carried on the overlapping resources, and the reliability of the communication can be improved.
  • the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit, and the method further includes: the first resource is an uplink resource, and the second resource is an uplink resource.
  • the resources are downlink resources, the first information is uplink information, the second information is downlink information, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes at least one uplink resource, and at least one uplink resource carries uplink information , determine that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes at least one downlink resource and does not carry downlink information, determine that the first time unit
  • the priority of the resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, or the first resource is a downlink resource, the second resource is an uplink resource, the first information is downlink information, the second information is uplink information, and the first resource is uplink information.
  • the Qth time unit before a time unit includes at least one uplink resource and does not carry uplink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than that of the second resource; or, the priority of the first time unit is higher than that of the second resource.
  • the Qth time unit includes at least one downlink resource, and at least one downlink resource carries downlink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, where Q is a positive integer.
  • the time length of the Q time units is greater than or equal to a first time interval
  • the first time interval is a time interval or a sending state during which the receiving state is switched to the sending state The time interval for switching to the receiving state.
  • the transmission direction of the information carried on the overlapping resources is determined according to whether the information carried in the Qth time unit before the first time unit is uplink or downlink, so as to determine the priority of the two overlapping resources, so that the terminal equipment Reaching a consensus with the network equipment on the information carried on the overlapping resources can improve the reliability of communication.
  • the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit
  • the method further includes: the Rth time before the first time unit At least T resources between the unit and the previous Qth time unit carry the first information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, where R is greater than or equal to Q Integer, Q and T are integers greater than 0.
  • whether it is necessary to continue to send the first information on the overlapping resources is determined according to the transmission frequency of the first information in the time unit before the time unit in which the resource overlap occurs, which can ensure the continuity of the information.
  • the method further includes: on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, It is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the first resource is determined as a high-priority resource, which can avoid the situation that the first information cannot be transmitted for a long time.
  • the method further includes: receiving second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource priority, where the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
  • the first resource and the second resource are periodic resources or semi-static resources, and the first resource and/or the second resource are among the following resources A resource: configure the resources of the authorized physical uplink shared channel, the resources of the sounding reference signal SRS, the resources of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH, the resources of the physical random access channel PRACH, the search space, and the semi-static channel state reference signal CSI-RS. resources, and semi-persistent scheduling downlink shared channel SPS-PUSCH resources.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a network device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the network device.
  • a module eg, a chip
  • the method includes: sending indication information to a terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, where the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units One or more resources in the resource, K is an integer greater than 0.
  • the method before sending the indication information to the terminal device, the method further includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure Each time unit in the multiple time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource.
  • the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, the first resource and The second resource overlaps at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes: sending or receiving the first information on the first resource.
  • the method further includes: on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, It is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the method further includes: sending second configuration information and third configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the priority of the first resource level, the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the terminal device.
  • a module eg, a chip
  • the method includes: determining that a first resource and a second resource overlap at a third resource position, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the priority of the first resource is higher than the The priority of the second resource on which the first information is sent or received.
  • the terminal device and the network device determine to send or receive information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the resource, so that the terminal device and the network device can compare the overlapped resources.
  • a consensus can be reached on the information carried on the network, which can improve the reliability of communication.
  • the method further includes: on H consecutive resources for carrying the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, It is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource priority, where the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a network device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the network device.
  • a module eg, a chip
  • the method includes: determining that a first resource and a second resource overlap at a third resource position, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the priority of the first resource is higher than the The priority of the second resource on which the first information is sent or received.
  • the method further includes: on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, It is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource priority, where the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
  • a fifth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the terminal device.
  • a module eg, a chip
  • the method includes: when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is smaller than the first time interval, the terminal device determines that the resource before the second time interval is advanced and/or determines that the resource after the second time interval is advanced.
  • the delay to the time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, where the first time interval is the time interval for switching from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state.
  • the resources before the second time interval may be uplink resources, the resources after the second time interval may be downlink resources, or the resources before the second time interval may be downlink resources, and the resources after the second time interval It can be an uplink resource.
  • the resource interval specified by the protocol or after the resource advance or resource delay is preconfigured by the network is the third time interval.
  • the third time interval is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
  • the protocol specifies the amount of time the resource is advanced and/or the amount of time the resource is delayed.
  • the network preconfigures the amount of time that the resource is advanced and/or the resource is delayed.
  • the network device indicates the resources through the downlink control information DCI or the medium access control control element MAC CE. one of multiple amounts of time ahead. And/or, the multiple time amounts of resource delay specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network (such as configured through the radio resource RRC message or system message), the network device indicates through the downlink control information DCI or the medium access control control element MAC CE. One of multiple amounts of time that the resource is deferred.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the network device.
  • a module eg, a chip
  • the method includes: when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is smaller than the first time interval, the network device determines that the resource before the second time interval is advanced and/or determines that the resource after the second time interval is delayed
  • the time interval between the subsequent uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, where the first time interval is the time interval for switching from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state.
  • the resource interval specified by the protocol or after the resource advance or resource delay is preconfigured by the network is the third time interval.
  • the third time interval is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
  • a communication device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, or However, software can also be implemented in combination with hardware circuits and software.
  • the apparatus includes: a transceiver unit for receiving indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, and the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate N time units One or more of the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the unit, K is an integer greater than 0; the processing unit is used to determine the uplink resources, downlink resources included in the N time units according to the indication information One or more of resources and flexible resources.
  • the transceiver unit before receiving the indication information from the network device, is further configured to receive first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information is used to configure each time unit in the multiple time units as uplink resources, downlink resources or flexible resources; the processing unit is further configured to determine the flexible resources in the multiple time units and the N time units according to the indication information
  • the overlapping resources include one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources.
  • the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, the first resource and The second resource overlaps at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes: sending or receiving the first information on the first resource.
  • the processing unit on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, the processing unit also uses for determining that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource the priority of the second resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
  • a communication device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the second aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, or However, software can also be implemented in combination with hardware circuits and software.
  • the apparatus includes: a processing unit for determining one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units; a transceiver unit for sending indication information to terminal equipment , the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, and the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units, K is an integer greater than 0.
  • the transceiver unit before sending the indication information to the terminal device, is further configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used for Each time unit in the multiple time units is configured as an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource.
  • the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, the first resource and The second resource overlaps at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes: sending or receiving the first information on the first resource.
  • the processing unit further uses for determining that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send second configuration information and third configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource priority, where the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
  • a communication device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the third aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, or However, software can also be implemented in combination with hardware circuits and software.
  • the apparatus includes: a processing unit configured to determine that a first resource and a second resource overlap at a third resource location, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information ; a transceiver unit, configured to send or receive the first information on the first resource when the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the processing unit on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, the processing unit also uses for determining that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource the priority of the second resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
  • a tenth aspect provides a communication device.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the fourth aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, or However, software can also be implemented in combination with hardware circuits and software.
  • the apparatus includes: a processing unit configured to determine that a first resource and a second resource overlap at a third resource location, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information ; a transceiver unit, configured to send or receive the first information on the first resource when the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the processing unit further uses for determining that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource the priority of the second resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
  • a communication device may include a one-to-one module for performing the method/operation/step/action described in the fifth aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, It can also be implemented by software or by a combination of hardware circuits and software.
  • the apparatus includes: a processing unit that, when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is smaller than the first time interval, determines that the resource before the second time interval is advanced or the second time interval is after the second time interval.
  • the time interval between the delay of the resource to the uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, wherein the first time interval is the time interval from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state ;
  • the transceiver unit receives or transmits information on the advanced resource and/or the delayed resource.
  • the time interval after the protocol stipulates or the network preconfigures the resource advance or the resource delay is the third time interval.
  • the third time interval is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication device.
  • the device may include a one-to-one module for performing the method/operation/step/action described in the sixth aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, It can also be implemented by software or by a combination of hardware circuits and software.
  • the apparatus includes: a processing unit configured to, when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is smaller than the first time interval, determine that the resource before the second time interval is advanced or the second time interval The resource after the interval is delayed until the time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, wherein the first time interval is the time interval for switching from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state. Time interval; a transceiver unit that receives or transmits information on advanced resources and/or delayed resources.
  • the resource interval specified by the protocol or after the network pre-configured resource advance or resource delay is a third time interval.
  • the third time interval is greater than the first time interval.
  • a communication apparatus including a processor.
  • the processor may implement the method in the first aspect, the third aspect or the fifth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the third aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory, and the processor is coupled to the memory and can be configured to execute instructions in the memory, so as to implement the method in any of the above possible implementation manners.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a pin, a circuit, a bus, a module, or other types of communication interfaces, which are not limited.
  • the communication apparatus is a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor uses the communication interface to: receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, the K The time unit format configuration information is used to indicate one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units, and K is an integer greater than 0.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor is configured to determine that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, wherein the first resource and the second resource are in the first resource.
  • the positions of the three resources overlap, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the processor uses the communication interface to send or receive the first information on the first resource.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, and when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is less than the first time interval, the processor is configured to determine the time interval before the second time interval The resources are advanced and/or the resources after the second time interval are determined to be delayed until the time interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is greater than or equal to the first time interval, wherein the first time interval is when the receiving state is switched to The time interval between the sending state or the sending state to the receiving state.
  • a communication apparatus including a processor.
  • the processor may implement the method of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, and the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory, and the processor is coupled to the memory and can be configured to execute instructions in the memory, so as to implement the method in any of the above possible implementation manners.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication apparatus is a network device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a network device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor uses the communication interface to: send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, the K
  • the time unit format configuration information is used to indicate one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units, and K is an integer greater than 0.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor is configured to determine that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, wherein the first resource and the second resource are in the first resource.
  • the positions of the three resources overlap, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the processor uses the communication interface to send or receive the first information on the first resource.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, and when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is less than the first time interval, the processor is configured to determine the time interval before the second time interval The resources are advanced and/or the resources after the second time interval are determined to be delayed until the time interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is greater than or equal to the first time interval, wherein the first time interval is when the receiving state is switched to The time interval between the sending state or the sending state to the receiving state.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method of the first aspect to the sixth aspect and any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect to the sixth aspect .
  • the above-mentioned processor may be one or more chips
  • the input circuit may be input pins
  • the output circuit may be output pins
  • the processing circuit may be transistors, gate circuits, flip-flops and various logic circuits, etc. .
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver
  • the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter
  • the circuit can be the same circuit that acts as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which, when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects Aspects and methods of any possible implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program (which may also be referred to as code, or instructions), when it runs on a computer, causing the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect A method in any one possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect and the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • a communication system including the aforementioned apparatus for executing the method on the terminal device side and the apparatus for executing the method on the network device side.
  • the communication system includes the aforementioned terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of resource overlap provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication device of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a terminal device of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a network device of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • WiFi wireless-fidelity
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • NR new radio
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: eMBB communication, URLLC, machine type communication (MTC), mMTC, device Device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, and internet of things (IoT), etc.
  • the mMTC may include one or more of the following communications: communications in industrial wireless sensor networks (IWSN), communications in video surveillance (video surveillance) scenarios, and wearable device communications Wait.
  • IWSN industrial wireless sensor networks
  • video surveillance video surveillance
  • wearable device communications Wait wearable device communications Wait.
  • a REDCAP terminal device is used as an example to describe the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can also be used for other types of terminal equipment, such as eMBB terminal equipment, or URLLC terminal equipment, etc., without limitation.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, for example, the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the wireless communication system 100 may further include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal devices 120, 130, and 140 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • at least one REDCAP terminal device may be included, for example, the terminal devices 120 and 130 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the network device and the terminal device may perform communication or transmission, including: the network device sends a downlink signal to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device sends an uplink signal to the network device. Wherein, the signal can also be replaced with information or data, etc.
  • the network device 110 may send indication information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device 110, and determines, according to the indication information, among the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units one or more of.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal , wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal , wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless device in industrial control Terminal, wireless terminal in unmanned driving, wireless terminal in telemedicine, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, cellular phone, cordless phone , Session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, in-vehicle devices , wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device with a wireless transceiver function in an access network.
  • the equipment includes but is not limited to: base station, evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP), or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc.
  • the device may also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) and the like.
  • a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU for short).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer function.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the higher-layer signaling such as the RRC layer signaling
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the network equipment manages one or more cells and provides services for the managed cells.
  • the terminal device communicates with the network device in the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the network device, and the cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.), or It belongs to the base station corresponding to the small cell.
  • Small cells can include: urban cells (metro cells), micro cells (micro cells), pico cells (pico cells), femto cells (femto cells), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for to provide high-speed data transmission services.
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device; it may also be an apparatus capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system.
  • the device can be installed in the terminal equipment or used in combination with the terminal equipment.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the provided technical solutions are described by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal device as the terminal device as an example.
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system.
  • the apparatus can be installed in network equipment or used in combination with network equipment.
  • the provided technical solution is described by taking the device for implementing the function of the network device being a network device as an example.
  • a terminal device for example, REDCAP UE working in HD-FDD mode does not support simultaneous reception and transmission of signals. For example, the terminal device needs to transmit and receive in a time-division manner, and a guard interval is required for switching between transmission and reception. (guard time). If the network device sends information to a terminal device working in HD-FDD mode, and the terminal device is in the sending state or does not have enough time to switch to the receiving state, the information sent by the network device will not be received by the terminal device. Therefore, the network device and the terminal device need to reach a consensus on the receiving state and the sending state of the terminal device operating in the HD-FDD mode.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes that the network device notifies the terminal device of at least one time unit format configuration information through indication information, so as to indicate one or more resources among the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units;
  • the indication information specifies one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units.
  • the terminal device and the network device can reach a consensus on the format of the N time units, and perform receiving and sending behaviors according to the format of the N time units, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
  • the wireless communication method provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the format configuration information of K time units, and the format configuration information of the K time units is used to indicate the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units One or more of the resources.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
  • K is an integer greater than 0, for example, K is 1, 2, 3 or other integers.
  • the indication information in S210 is indication information dedicated to the terminal device.
  • the indication information is indication information shared (or common) by multiple terminal devices.
  • the multiple terminal devices may be all terminal devices in a cell or a group of terminal devices in a cell, and the multiple terminal devices include the terminal device.
  • the time unit format configuration information is used to configure the format of the time unit.
  • Each time format configuration information indicates the format of one or more time units, that is, each time format configuration information is used to configure one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in one or more time units resource.
  • the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, and the K time unit format configuration information indicates one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units.
  • the time unit is a frame (frame), a subframe (subframe), a time slot (slot), and a mini-slot (mini-slot).
  • the N time units are N time units following the time unit where the indication information is located.
  • the network device sends the indication information in time unit n, where the N time units are N time units starting from time unit n+i, where n is an integer and i is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the value of i may be specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network device for the terminal device through signaling.
  • the format of the N time units indicated by the indication information is the format of the N time units starting from time unit n+1, that is, the format of the next time unit starting from the time unit n carrying the indication information. Format of N time units. After receiving the indication information in time unit n, the terminal device determines the format of N time units starting from time unit n+1 according to the indication information, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device After receiving the indication information in time unit n, the terminal device determines the format of N time units starting from time unit n+3 according to the indication information, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the K time unit format configuration information is time unit format configuration information in at least one time unit format configuration information group
  • the at least one time unit format configuration information group includes a first time unit format configuration information group, a second time unit format configuration information group.
  • One or more items of the time unit format configuration information group and the third time unit format configuration information group are included in the K time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group, respectively.
  • the first time unit format configuration information group includes at least one first time unit format configuration information, the first time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in a time unit is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, and one
  • the time unit includes M sub-time units, where M is an integer greater than 0.
  • time units are used as time slots and sub-time units are used as symbols for illustration, but this application is not limited to this.
  • time units may also be frames or sub-frames, and sub-time units may It is a time slot or a symbol, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the time unit is a time slot
  • the sub-time unit is an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol
  • the first time unit format configuration information group can be as shown in Table 1, one first time unit format configuration information group includes S first time unit format configuration information, and each first time unit configuration information indicates 14 times in a time slot.
  • the OFDM symbols are respectively uplink resources (denoted as U), downlink resources (denoted as D) or flexible resources (denoted as F).
  • S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first time unit format configuration information with the identifier of 0 in the first time unit format configuration information group indicates that the 7 OFDM symbols whose indexes are 0 to 6 in the 14 OFDM symbols of a time slot are D, that is, the downlink ( downlink, DL) resources (or downlink symbols), the two OFDM symbols with indexes 7 and 8 are F, that is, flexible resources (or flexible symbols), and the OFDM symbols with indexes 9 to 13 are U, that is, the uplink (uplink) , UL) resources (or uplink symbols), but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information in S210 may be the K first time unit format configuration information in the first time unit format configuration information group.
  • the indication information indicates identifiers 1, 2, and 10 (S>10), indicating that the network device notifies the terminal device through the indication information, and the formats of the three time units starting from time unit n+i correspond to the identifiers 1 and 2 in Table 1, respectively. , 10 The format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information.
  • the terminal device may determine the number N of time units indicated by the indication information according to the number of time units indicated by each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information.
  • the formats of the N time units indicated by the K time unit format configuration information in the indication information correspond to the N time units starting from the time unit n+i in sequence.
  • the indication information indicates the format configuration information of the three first time units identified as 1, 2, and S in Table 1, then the three time units starting from the time unit n+i, the format corresponding to the time unit n+i is identified as 1
  • the format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information, the format of the time unit n+i+1 corresponds to the format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information identified as 2, and the format corresponding to the time unit n+i+2 is identified as S
  • the format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information if the order of the identifiers indicated by the indication information is S, 1, and 2, then the time unit n+i, time unit n+i+1, and time unit n+i+2 correspond to the identifiers S, 1, and 2 in turn.
  • the format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information is not limited to this.
  • time unit n+i, time unit n+i+1, time unit n+i+2, time unit n+ The four time units of i+3 respectively correspond to the formats indicated by the format configuration information of the first time unit identified as 2, 2, S-1, and S, respectively, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the second time unit format configuration information group includes at least one second time unit format configuration information, where the second time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each time unit in the P time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, P is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the time unit is a time slot
  • the sub-time unit is an OFDM symbol
  • one time slot includes 14 OFDM symbols.
  • the second time unit format configuration information group may be as shown in Table 2.
  • the second time unit format configuration information marked as 2 in the second time unit format configuration information group indicates that the format of the 10 time slots is that the first five time slots are uplink resources (or downlink time slots), and the first five time slots are uplink resources (or downlink time slots).
  • the 6th, 7th and 8th time slots are flexible resources (or flexible time slots), and the 9th and 10th time slots are downlink resources (or downlink time slots), but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information in S210 may be K second time unit format configuration information in the second time unit format configuration information group.
  • the terminal device may determine the number N of time units indicated by the indication information according to the number of time units indicated by each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information.
  • the indication information indicates the format of 10 time units starting from time unit n+i.
  • the third time unit format configuration information group includes at least one third time unit format configuration information, where the third time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in the L time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, L*M sub-time units included in the L time units, L is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the time unit is a time slot
  • the sub-time unit is an OFDM symbol
  • the third time unit format configuration information group may be as shown in Table 3.
  • the value corresponding to each time slot is the identifier in Table 1, that is, it indicates that the 14 symbols in each time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols or flexible symbols, respectively.
  • one third time unit configuration information indicates that each symbol in the 10 time units is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol or a flexible symbol, respectively.
  • each symbol in the first four time slots corresponds to the first time unit configuration information marked as 0 in Table 1 in turn.
  • Each symbol in the 7 time slots corresponds to the first time unit configuration information marked as 1 in Table 1, and each symbol in the 8th, 9th, and 10th time slots in turn is marked as 2 in Table 1. corresponds to the configuration information of the first time unit, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • Table 3 may directly show the format (D, U or F) corresponding to each symbol in each slot.
  • the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information in S210 may be K third time unit format configuration information in the third time unit format configuration information group.
  • the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information in S210 may be one of the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group or the time unit format configuration information in multiple items.
  • the protocol specifies or the network configures one or more of the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group.
  • the network device uses signaling, such as system information (such as system information block (SIB)), common RRC signaling, terminal equipment-specific RRC signaling, terminal equipment-specific or common MAC CE, or terminal equipment.
  • SIB system information block
  • a device-specific or common DCI that indicates to the terminal device the configuration information of the first time unit format configuration information group, the configuration information of the second time unit format configuration information group, and/or the configuration information of the third time unit format configuration information group configuration information.
  • the common signaling is common to multiple terminal devices, such as a group of terminal devices in a cell or all terminal devices in a cell.
  • the indication information specifically indicates the identifier of each time unit format configuration information group in the at least one time unit format configuration information group, and each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information is in the corresponding time unit format configuration information.
  • the identifier in the time unit format configuration information group is not limited to the time unit format configuration information group.
  • the indication information includes an indication field A1 and an indication field A2, and the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 are respectively used to indicate a time unit format configuration information group (for example, the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 respectively indicate a time unit format configuration information group
  • the indication information further includes an indication field B1 and an indication field B2, and the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 are respectively used to indicate the identification of the time unit format configuration information in the corresponding configuration information group.
  • the indication field A1 corresponds to the indication field B1
  • the indication field B1 is used to indicate the identifier of one or more time unit format configuration information in the time unit format configuration information group indicated by the indication field A1.
  • the indication field A2 corresponds to the indication field B2, and the indication field B2 is used to indicate the identifier of one or more time unit format configuration information in the time unit format information group indicated by the indication field A2.
  • the protocol specifies the first time unit format configuration information group and the third time unit format configuration information group, and the identifiers are 0 and 1 respectively, the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 are 2 bits respectively, and the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 are respectively 2 bits. 6 bits respectively.
  • the network device indicates that the field A1 indicates "00", indicating that the field A1 indicates the first time unit format configuration information group, the field B1 indicates "000100", and the field B1 indicates the first time
  • the first time unit format configuration information identified as 4 ie, the decimal value corresponding to binary 000100
  • the first time unit format configuration information identified as 4 indicates the format of one time unit.
  • the unit format configuration information group is shown in Table 3.
  • the 11 time units and time unit format configuration information starting from time unit n+i can be determined according to the order of the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 in the indication information, or can be determined according to the order of the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 in the indication information corresponding relationship.
  • the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 are arranged in order in the indication information, then the format configuration information of the first time unit indicated by the indication field B1 is used to configure the format of the time unit n+i, and the third time unit indicated by the indication field B2 is used to configure the format of the time unit n+i.
  • the formats of the 10 time units indicated by the time unit format configuration information sequentially correspond to the formats of time unit n+i+1 to time unit n+i+10, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 in the indication information may indicate the same time unit format configuration information group, such as the first time unit format configuration information group, and the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 respectively indicate the first time unit.
  • a first time unit format configuration information in the format configuration information group, the first time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 may be the same or different, indicating time unit n+i and time unit n+i respectively. +1 for the format, but this application is not limited to that.
  • the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 in the indication information may both indicate the third time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 may be the same or different,
  • the two third time unit format configuration information indicates the format of a total of 20 time units starting from time unit n+i, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the indication domain A1 and the indication domain A2 may be a shared indication domain.
  • the indication field A1 in the indication information indicates the first time unit format configuration information group
  • the indication field B1 indicates a first time unit format configuration information
  • the indication field A2 indicates a value other than "00" or "01”
  • the default value, such as "11” indicates that the indication field A2 does not indicate the time unit format configuration information group
  • the indication information indicates the format of 1 time unit, that is, the format matching information of the first time unit indicated by the indication field B1 is used.
  • the format of indicating the time unit n+i but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the network device sends a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message to the terminal device, where the RRC message includes configuration information for indicating the time unit format configuration information group, for example, indicating the first time unit format configuration information.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • Group information such as indicating Table 1 in the form of a list or table
  • information of the second time unit format configuration information group such as indicating Table 2 in the form of a list or table
  • information of the third time unit format configuration information group (For example, Table 3 is indicated in the form of a list or table) information of three time unit format configuration information groups in total, and indicates the identifier corresponding to each time unit format configuration information group.
  • the network device may send the indication information in the time unit n, and the indication information notifies the terminal device of the time unit by indicating at least one of the time unit format configuration information groups and the time unit format configuration information therein.
  • the format of N time units starting from n+i that is, one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the indication information is dedicated information of the terminal device.
  • the indication information may be a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) and/or downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI).
  • the DCI is scrambled by a dedicated (or specific) identifier of the terminal device, such as a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI).
  • RNTI radio network temporary identifier
  • the MAC CE is carried on a downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) scheduled by a DCI dedicated to the terminal device.
  • the indication information is information shared or common by multiple terminal devices, and the indication information may be MAC CE.
  • the MAC CE is carried on the PDSCH scheduled by the common DCI.
  • the common DCI may be scrambled by a common identifier of multiple terminal devices, such as RNTI.
  • the indication information is MAC CE, and the indication information may be as shown in Figure 3, including 2 bytes, wherein, byte 0 includes a 3-bit indication field A1, which is used to indicate the system preset or network configuration time unit One of the format configuration information groups, byte 0 also includes a 5-bit indication field B1, used to indicate one or more time unit format configuration information in the time unit format configuration information group indicated by the indication field A1, byte 1 It includes a 3-bit indication field A2, which is used to indicate one of the time unit format configuration information groups preset by the system or network configuration, and a 5-bit indication field B2 is also included in byte 1, which is used to indicate that the indication field A2 indicates.
  • One or more time unit format configuration information in the time unit format configuration information group but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the indication information is MAC CE, and the indication information may be as shown in Figure 4, including 3 bytes, wherein, byte 0 includes a 3-bit indication field A1, which is used to indicate the time of system preset or network configuration
  • One of the unit format configuration information groups such as the third time unit format configuration information group, byte 0 also includes an indication field B1 for indicating one or more time unit formats in the third time unit format configuration information group Configuration information, for example, the third time unit format configuration information group may include 16 third time unit format configuration information, then the indication field B1 includes 4 bits from bit 3 to bit 6 in byte 0. The last bit is reserved.
  • Byte 1 includes a 3-bit indication field A2, which is used to indicate one of the time unit format configuration information groups preset by the system or network configuration, such as the first time unit format configuration information group, for example, the first time unit format
  • the information group includes 512 first time unit format information, then the remaining 5 bits of the second byte (byte 1) and the 4 bits of the third byte (byte 0) have a total of 9 bits as the indication field B2.
  • the remaining 5 bits of the third byte are reserved bits, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the indication information may be a DCI dedicated to the terminal device, for example, the format of the DCI is DCI format 0_1, DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_1, or DCI format 1_0.
  • the DCI may be transmitted in a UE specific search space. And/or the DCI is scrambled by a terminal device-specific wireless network temporary identification (radio network temporary identification, RNTI), but the present application is not limited to this.
  • RNTI radio network temporary identification
  • the indication information may further include an indication field C, where the indication field C is used to indicate the applicable scope of the indication information.
  • the indication field C includes 1 bit, and when the indication field C indicates "0", it indicates that the format of N time units indicated by the indication information is applied to N time units starting from time unit n+i.
  • the indication field C indicates "1" it means that if the network device has configured the format of the time unit n+i starting time unit before the indication information, the indication information is used to indicate that the N time units are pre-configured as The format of the time unit of the flexible resource or the format of the time unit of the unconfigured format, or indicating the time unit of the unconfigured format among the N time units.
  • the indication information indicates the format of 10 time units, and the network device pre-configures the format of the 10 time units for the terminal device.
  • the indication field C in the indication information indicates "1" it means that The indication information is used to indicate the format of time unit 2 to time unit 6 that are pre-configured as flexible resources in the 10 time units, or the indication information is used to indicate the time unit 2 of the 10 time units that are pre-configured with flexible resources.
  • the format up to time unit 6 is rewritten as uplink resources.
  • the other time units of the 10 time units maintain the preconfigured format. If the indication field C indicates "0", it means that regardless of whether there is a pre-configured format, the 10 time units apply the format indicated by the indication information, that is, they are all uplink resources, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure each time unit in the multiple time units as an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource.
  • the terminal device determines one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the flexible resources in the multiple time units and the overlapping resources in the N time units according to the indication information .
  • the terminal device determines the format of multiple time units after receiving the first configuration information.
  • the indication information can only rewrite the format of the resource in which the flexible resources in the multiple time units overlap with the N time units.
  • the terminal device does not expect the indication information to rewrite the format of the time unit or sub-time unit indicated by the first configuration information as the uplink resource or the downlink resource.
  • the first configuration information configures one time unit among the multiple time units as a flexible resource, the indication information indicates that the time unit is a downlink resource or an uplink resource, and the terminal device determines the format of the time unit according to the indication information after receiving the indication information .
  • the first configuration information configures a time unit as an uplink resource, and the indication information indicates that the symbols in the time unit are downlink resources or flexible resources. After receiving the indication information, the terminal device still configures the time unit according to the first configuration information. unit as an uplink resource.
  • the terminal device determines the format of the N time units according to the indication information.
  • the first configuration information configures the format of multiple time units. If after receiving the indication information, the terminal device determines that the N time units indicated by the indication information overlap with the multiple time units, the format of the overlapped part is Determined according to the indication of the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a first indication field, where the first indication field is used to indicate whether the indication information can rewrite the uplink resources or downlink resources configured by the first configuration information.
  • the first indication field includes 1 bit, and when the first indication field indicates "1", it indicates that the indication information can rewrite the uplink resource or downlink resource configured by the first configuration information, and the terminal device receives the indication of the first indication field
  • the format of the N time units indicated by the indication information is determined according to the indication information.
  • the first indication field indicates "0”, it means that the indication information cannot rewrite the uplink resources or downlink resources configured by the first configuration information.
  • the time units overlap.
  • the overlapping resources include flexible resources, the format of the flexible resources in the overlapping resources can be rewritten by the indication information.
  • the overlapping resources include uplink resources or downlink resources, the indication information cannot rewrite the overlapping resources.
  • the uplink resources and downlink resources included in but this application is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device determines one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the indication information in S210, the terminal device determines one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units indicated by the indication information according to the indication information. That is, the format of the N time units indicated by the indication information is determined.
  • the network device notifies the terminal device through the indication information that one or more of the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units indicated by the at least one time unit format configuration information, the terminal device uses The indication information specifies one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units.
  • the terminal device and the network device can reach a consensus on the format of the N time units, and perform receiving and sending behaviors according to the format of the N time units, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
  • the wireless communication method provided by the present application further includes that the network device can directly indicate the format of the time unit through MAC CE and/or DCI.
  • the method enables the terminal device and the network device to reach a consensus on the format of the event unit through MAC CE and/or DCI, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication method shown in FIG. 6 may be performed by a network device or by a terminal device.
  • the following description is given by taking the method being executed by a terminal device as an example.
  • the network device performs the corresponding behavior, for example, the terminal device sends corresponding information to the network device on the resource determined according to the method shown in FIG. Information corresponding to the resource is received from the terminal device. Alternatively, the network device sends the information corresponding to the resource to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the information corresponding to the resource from the network device at the resource.
  • the network device to perform the wireless communication method shown in FIG. 6 reference may be made to the following description of the terminal device, which will not be repeated for brevity.
  • S610 The terminal device determines that the first resource and the second resource overlap at the third resource location, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information.
  • the network device may configure the terminal device with a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information.
  • the first resource and/or the second resource may be a periodic resource or a semi-static resource (or called a semi-persistent resource), wherein the semi-static resource refers to a period of time. A resource that occurs periodically over time.
  • the first resource or the second resource is one of the following resources:
  • CG Configure grant
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • search space search space
  • SP-CSI-RS semi-persistent channel state information-reference signal
  • SPS-PDSCH Semi-persistent scheduling-physical downlink shared channel
  • the first information or the second information is one of the following information:
  • CG uplink data SRS, uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI), random access signal, DCI, SP-CSI-RS and SPS downlink data.
  • uplink control information uplink control information, UCI
  • random access signal DCI, SP-CSI-RS and SPS downlink data.
  • the first resource is a periodic resource with a period of 6 time units
  • the second resource is a periodic resource with a period of 4 time units
  • the first resource and the second resource are in the first time unit.
  • the overlapped part is the third resource.
  • the first resource and the second resource overlap in the third resource position within the first time unit, but the present application is not limited to this. Since the first resource and the second resource overlap, a terminal that is not full-duplex frequency division duplex (FD-HDD) can only send or receive corresponding information on one resource. The network device and the terminal device need to determine the specific information. Whether the first information or the second information is sent or received.
  • FD-HDD full-duplex frequency division duplex
  • S620 The terminal device determines that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and sends or receives the first information on the first resource.
  • the terminal device determines that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and sends or receives the first information on the third resource.
  • the network device determines that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and receives or sends the first information on the first resource. For example, if the first information is uplink information, the first resource is an uplink resource, the terminal device sends the first information on the first resource, and the network device receives the first information on the first resource. If the first information is downlink information, the first resource is a downlink resource, the network device sends the first information on the first resource, and the terminal device receives the first information on the first resource.
  • the network device sends second configuration information and third configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the priority of the first resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource. class.
  • the terminal device receives the second configuration information and the third configuration information from the network device.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the second configuration information and the third configuration information, that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource. That is, the terminal device compares the priority of the first resource with the priority of the second resource, and sends or receives information corresponding to the high-priority resource on the resource with the higher priority.
  • the first resource is CG PUSCH
  • the second configuration information may be configuration authorization configuration information, which can be written as ConfiguredGrantConfig
  • the configuration authorization configuration information includes the priority parameter of the CG PUSCH, or the priority parameter of the CG uplink data
  • the priority parameter can be written as Priority
  • the parameter can be an enumeration parameter
  • the network device can choose one of the priorities ⁇ I, II, III, IV ⁇ , and configure it as the priority of the CG PUSCH or CG uplink data .
  • the priority parameter in the configuration authorization configuration information may be as follows, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the second resource may be a search space
  • the third configuration information may be search space configuration information, which may be written as SearchSpace.
  • the search space configuration information includes the priority parameter of the search space, or the DCI carried in the search space.
  • Priority parameter the priority parameter can be written as Priority
  • this parameter can be an enumeration parameter
  • the network device can choose one of the priority ⁇ I, II, III, IV ⁇ , and configure it as the priority of the search space or DCI class.
  • the priority parameter in the search space configuration information may be as follows, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the network device configures the priority of the CG PUSCH (that is, an example of the first resource) by configuring the authorization configuration information to be I, and configures the priority of the search space (that is, an example of the second resource) by configuring the search space configuration information to be III. and notify the terminal device through the second configuration information and the third configuration information respectively.
  • the network device and the terminal device compare the priorities of the CG PUSCH and the search space, For example, the larger the priority value, the higher the priority.
  • the network device and the terminal device can determine that the priority I of the CG PUSCH is higher than the priority III of the search space.
  • the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device on the CG PUSCH, and does not receive the DCI in the search space.
  • the network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device on the CG PUSCH, and no longer sends the DCI of the terminal device in the search space, but this The application is not limited to this.
  • the first resource includes at least one first sub-resource, wherein at least one of the following information of different first sub-resources is different: frequency, time, type of the first information and the first sub-resource
  • the type of resource, each of the first sub-resources in the at least one first sub-resource corresponds to a priority
  • the second resource includes at least one second sub-resource, wherein the following information of different second sub-resources is At least one item is different: frequency, time, type of the second information, and type of the second resource, and each of the second sub-resources in the at least one second sub-resource corresponds to a priority.
  • the terminal device specifically determines that the priority of the first sub-resource corresponding to the third resource is higher than the priority of the second sub-resource corresponding to the third resource, and sends the first information on the first resource.
  • the network device divides the first resource into at least one first sub-resource according to frequency, time, the type of the first information and/or the type of the first resource, and divides the first resource into at least one first sub-resource according to frequency, time, and the type of the second information.
  • the type and/or the type of the second resource divides the second resource into at least one second sub-resource, and informs the terminal device.
  • the second configuration information specifically configures the priority of each first sub-resource and the information of each first sub-resource
  • the third configuration information configures the priority of each second sub-resource and each second sub-resource Information.
  • the terminal device compares the priority of the third resource to the first sub-resource with the priority of the second sub-resource corresponding to the third resource, and the priority is The information corresponding to the resource is sent or received on the higher-level resource.
  • the resources at the first frequency position are the resources of the first CG channel, and the priority is II; the resources at the second frequency position are the resources of the second sub-CG channel, and the priority is II.
  • Class is III.
  • the network device can also configure the search space, the common search space (common search space, CSS) is the first sub-search space, and the priority is 1; it is used to detect the terminal equipment-specific DCI (for example, through the cell-RNTI (cell-RNTI, The UE-specific search space (UE-specific search space, USS) of C-RNTI) scrambled DCI, etc.) is the second sub-search space with a priority of II; the USS used to detect DCI in DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is The third sub-search space, the priority is III.
  • the common search space common search space, CSS
  • the priority is 1
  • it is used to detect the terminal equipment-specific DCI (for example, through the cell-RNTI (cell-RNTI, The UE-specific search space (UE-specific search space, USS) of C-RNTI) scrambled DCI, etc.) is the second sub-search space with a priority of II; the USS used to detect DCI in DCI format
  • the terminal device When the terminal device needs to send the CG PUSCH of uplink data and the search space overlaps in the third resource, if the terminal device determines that the sub-CG channel corresponding to the third resource is the second sub-CG channel, the priority is III, and the third resource is the same as the third sub-CG channel.
  • the sub-search space corresponding to the resource is the second sub-search space USS, the priority is II, and the priority of the second sub-search space (ie, an example of the first sub-resource) is higher than that of the second sub-CG channel (ie the second sub-CG channel). an example of a sub-resource), the terminal device determines to detect DCI on the second sub-search space.
  • the network device uses the same method to determine that the priority in the second sub-search space is higher than that of the second sub-CG channel, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • the priority of semi-static resources and/or periodic resources is specified by the protocol.
  • the protocol stipulates that the priority of the CG PUSCH is higher than the first search space. If the CG PUSCH overlaps with the first sub-search space, the terminal device can send uplink data on the CG PUSCH without detecting DCI in the first sub-search space.
  • the protocol can also specify that the priority of the third sub-search space is higher than that of the CG PUSCH. When the third sub-search space overlaps with the CG PUSCH, the terminal device receives and detects DCI in the third sub-search space, and does not send uplink data on the CG PUSCH. .
  • the protocol specifies the priority value of each semi-static resource and/or periodic resource.
  • the network device and the terminal device can compare the priority of the conflicting resource and determine to send or receive the corresponding information on the resource with high priority.
  • the application is not limited to this.
  • the priority of the two resources may be further determined according to the previous business situation, or in other words, the specific priority of the two resources may be further determined according to the previous business situation.
  • the corresponding information is sent on one of the resources.
  • the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit
  • the first resource is an uplink resource
  • the second resource is a downlink resource
  • the first information is uplink information
  • the second information is downlink information
  • the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes uplink resources and carries uplink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, before the first time unit
  • the Qth time unit of includes downlink resources and does not carry downlink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, or,
  • the first resource is a downlink resource
  • the second resource is a downlink resource
  • the first information is downlink information
  • the second information is uplink information
  • the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes uplink resources, and is not Bearing uplink information, it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes downlink resources and carries downlink information, and it is determined that the first time unit
  • the priority of the resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, wherein Q is a positive integer.
  • the terminal device and the network device use the Qth time unit before the first time unit in which the resources overlap as a reference, and determine the difference between the first resource and the second resource according to the resource type (uplink resource or downlink resource) in the Qth time unit. priority.
  • the main consideration is whether there is enough time for uplink and downlink switching (or switching between transmission and reception).
  • the time length of the Q time units is greater than or equal to a first time interval, where the first time interval is a time interval for switching from a receiving state to a sending state or a time interval from a sending state to a receiving state.
  • the terminal device needs two time units to switch the sending and receiving state. If the CG PUSCH and the search space configured by the network device overlap in the first time unit, as shown in Figure 8, the terminal device and the network The device determines that the resource in the second time unit before the first time unit carries the uplink information, indicating that the terminal device does not have enough time for 2 time units, and switches to the receiving state to receive and detect DCI in the first time unit, Therefore, the terminal device can send uplink data on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit.
  • the terminal device if the resource in the time unit does not carry downlink information, the terminal device has 2 time units and switches from the receiving state to the sending state, so the terminal device sends the uplink data on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit, DCI is not detected within the search space in the first time unit.
  • the network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device on the CG PUSCH resource in the first time unit, but does not send the DCI to the terminal device in the search space in the first time unit. If the resources in the second time unit before the first time unit carry downlink information, the terminal device detects DCI in the search space in the first time unit, and does not send uplink data on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit .
  • the terminal device detects DCI in the search space in the first time unit, and does not send uplink information on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit data.
  • the network device may send DCI to the terminal device in the search space in the first time unit, but not receive uplink data from the terminal device on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit, but the present application is not limited to this.
  • At least T resources between the Rth time unit before the first time unit and the Qth time unit before the first time unit carry the first information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the first resource.
  • the terminal device and the network device determine whether the four time units between the sixth time unit and the third time unit before the first time unit include at least two resources that carry UCI, if as shown in FIG. 9 at least two resources are included. If the two resources carry the UCI, the terminal device can send the UCI on the PUCCH in the first time unit, and the network device receives and monitors the UCI from the terminal device on the PUCCH.
  • the network device may send DCI to the terminal device in the search space in the first time unit, and the terminal device receives and detects DCI in the search space in the first time unit. If the four time units between the sixth time unit before the first time unit and the third time unit include at least two resources that carry DCI, the network device may search the space in the first time unit The DCI is sent internally to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives and detects the DCI in the search space in the first time unit. If it is not satisfied that at least two resources carry DCI, the terminal device may send the UCI on the PUCCH in the first time unit, and the network device receives and detects the UCI from the terminal device on the PUCCH.
  • the number of at least two resources carrying DCI and the number of at least two resources carrying DCI may be The number of UCI resources determines the priority of PUCCH and search space. For example, if the 4 time units include 2 resources that carry DCI and 3 resources that carry UCI, the priority of the PUCCH in the first time unit is higher than the priority of the search space, and the terminal device can send on the PUCCH UCI, without receiving DCI in this search space, but the present application is not so limited.
  • whether it is necessary to continue to transmit the information on the overlapping resource is determined according to the transmission frequency of the information in the time unit before the time unit in which the resource overlap occurs, and the continuity of the information can be ensured.
  • the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, and the terminal device determines that the priority of the first resource is higher than that of the second resource. priority.
  • the terminal device determines that the priority of the first resource in the first time unit is higher than that of the second resource , and send or receive the first information on the first resource. It can be avoided that the first information cannot be transmitted for a long time.
  • the terminal device and the network device determine to send or receive information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the resource, so that the terminal device and the network device can be used for overlapping resources.
  • a consensus can be reached on the information carried on the network, which can improve the reliability of communication.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 in this application may be implemented in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the terminal device and the The network device determines that the third resource is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource according to the format of the resource included in the first time unit, and if the indication information indicates that the third resource is an uplink resource, the third resource can only carry uplink resources Information, for example, the first resource is an uplink resource and the second resource is a downlink resource, and the terminal device and the network device determine to receive or send the first information on the first resource and not to receive or send the second information on the second resource.
  • the first resource and the second resource are both uplink resources, and the terminal device and the network device determine to send information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the first resource and the second resource.
  • the indication information indicates that the third resource is a downlink resource, for example, the first resource is an uplink resource and the second resource is a downlink resource
  • the terminal device and the network device determine to receive or send the second information on the second resource and not on the first resource.
  • the first resource and the second resource are both uplink resources, and the terminal device and the network device determine to send information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the first resource and the second resource.
  • the third resource is a flexible resource, the terminal device and the network device determine, according to the priorities of the first resource and the second resource, to send information corresponding to the resource on the resource with high priority.
  • the format of the time unit indicated by the indication information has the highest priority, and in the case of not conflicting with the format indicated by the indication information, the network device and the terminal device then determine the resource at the high priority according to the priority of the overlapping resources to send or receive information corresponding to the resource.
  • the wireless communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes, when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is less than the first time interval, that is, less than the time interval required for the terminal device to switch between the receiving state and the sending state, It may be specified that the resources before the second time interval are advanced or the resources after the second time interval are delayed so that the resource interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
  • the resource interval after the resource advance or the resource delay may be specified as the third time interval. The third time interval is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
  • the resources before the second time interval may be uplink resources, the resources after the second time interval may be downlink resources, or the resources before the second time interval may be downlink resources, and the resources after the second time interval It may be an uplink resource, which is not limited in this application.
  • the protocol specifies the amount of time the resource is advanced and/or the amount of time the resource is delayed.
  • the network device preconfigures the time amount of resource advance and/or resource delay to the terminal device through signaling.
  • multiple time amounts (which may be referred to as the first candidate time amount set) for resource advance are specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network (for example, configured through the radio resource RRC message or configured by the system message), and the network device passes the downlink control information DCI.
  • the medium access control control element MAC CE indicates one of multiple time amounts for resource advance, that is, indicates one of the first candidate time amount sets.
  • multiple time amounts (which may be referred to as the second candidate time amount set) for resource delay are specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network (for example, configured through the radio resource RRC message or configured by the system message), and the network device uses the downlink control information
  • the DCI or the medium access control control element MAC CE indicates one of the multiple time amounts of resource delay, i.e. indicates one of the second candidate time amount set.
  • the second time interval may be specified by a protocol or configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
  • the uplink resource PUCCH and the downlink resource search space are both semi-statically configured resources, and the interval between the PUCCH in a certain resource period and the search space in a certain resource period may be 3 symbols, and The first time interval may be 4 symbols, and the terminal device does not have enough time to switch from the transmitting state to the receiving state, so it cannot receive DCI in the search space. Therefore, when the resource interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is less than 4 symbols, the resources after the resource interval are delayed, so that the interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources after the delay processing is equal to 5 symbols.
  • Both the network device and the terminal device determine to delay the search space by 2 symbols, so that the interval between the PUCCH and the search space is equal to 5 symbols, then the network device can send DCI in the delayed search space, and the terminal device can DCI is received in the delayed search space, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the network device may indicate whether to perform advance resources or delay resources by dynamically scheduling DCI or MAC CE.
  • the network device pre-sends DCI to indicate that the resources after the resource interval are delayed, or indicate that the resources after the resource interval are not delayed, so that the terminal device determines whether to delay the resources after the resource interval according to the DCI indication, so that the terminal device and the network Devices reach a consensus, but this application is not limited to this.
  • the terminal equipment and the network equipment advance or delay resources, so that the interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources satisfies the time interval requirement of the uplink and downlink switching of HD-FDD, which can reduce the problems caused by the inability to switch the receiving state and the sending state. transmission delay.
  • each network element may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and implement the above functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. Whether a certain function of the above functions is performed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may include a processing unit 1110 and a transceiver unit 1120 .
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the terminal equipment in the above method embodiments, or a chip configured (or used in) the terminal equipment, or other apparatuses capable of implementing the methods of the terminal equipment, Modules, circuits or units, etc.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the terminal equipment in the methods 200 and 600 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication apparatus 1100 may include the terminal equipment for executing the methods 200 and 600 in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 . method unit.
  • each unit in the communication device 1100 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 200 and 600 in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 , respectively.
  • the transceiver unit 1120 in the communication device 1100 may be an input/output interface or circuit of the chip, and the processing in the communication device 1100 Unit 1110 may be a processor in a chip.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may further include a processing unit 1110, and the processing unit 1110 may be configured to process instructions or data to implement corresponding operations.
  • the communication device 1100 may further include a storage unit 1130, the storage unit 1130 may be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit 1110 may execute the instructions or data stored in the storage unit, so as to enable the communication device to implement corresponding operations .
  • the transceiver unit 1120 in the communication device 1100 in the communication device 1100 may correspond to the transceiver 1210 in the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12
  • the storage unit 1130 may correspond to the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 . of memory.
  • the transceiver unit 1120 in the communication apparatus 1100 may be implemented through a communication interface (such as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, pins or an input/output interface), for example, it may correspond to FIG.
  • the transceiver 1210 in the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 the processing unit 1110 in the communication apparatus 1100 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1220 in the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12,
  • the processing unit 1110 in the communication device 1100 may be implemented by at least one logic circuit.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the network device in the above method embodiments, for example, or a chip configured (or used in) the network device, or other methods capable of implementing the network device device, module, circuit or unit, etc.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the network device in the methods 200 and 600 according to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may include means for performing the method performed by the network device in the methods 200 and 600 in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 .
  • each unit in the communication device 1100 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 200 and 600 in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 , respectively.
  • the transceiver unit in the communication device 1100 is an input/output interface or circuit in the chip
  • the processing unit in the communication device 1100 1110 may be a processor in a chip.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may further include a processing unit 1110, and the processing unit 1110 may be configured to process instructions or data to implement corresponding operations.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may further include a storage unit 1130, which may be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit may execute the instructions or data stored in the storage unit 1130 to enable the communication apparatus to implement corresponding operations.
  • the storage unit 1130 in the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the memory in the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the transceiver unit 1120 in the communication apparatus 1100 may be implemented through a communication interface (such as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, pins or an input/output interface), for example, it may correspond to FIG.
  • the transceiver 1310 in the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 the processing unit 1110 in the communication apparatus 1100 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1320 in the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13,
  • the processing unit 1110 in the communication device 1100 may be implemented by at least one logic circuit.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1200 can be applied in the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the terminal device 1200 includes a processor 1220 and a transceiver 1210 .
  • the terminal device 1200 further includes a memory.
  • the processor 1220, the transceiver 1210 and the memory can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor 1220 is used to execute the computer in the memory. program to control the transceiver 1210 to send and receive signals.
  • the above-mentioned processor 1220 can be combined with the memory to form a processing device, and the processor 1220 is configured to execute the program codes stored in the memory to realize the above-mentioned functions.
  • the memory can also be integrated in the processor 1220 or independent of the processor 1220 .
  • the processor 1220 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 11 .
  • the transceiver 1210 described above may correspond to the transceiver unit in FIG. 11 .
  • the transceiver 1210 may include a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or transmitter, transmitting circuit). Among them, the receiver is used for receiving signals, and the transmitter is used for transmitting signals.
  • the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 can implement the processes involving the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 .
  • the operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device 1200 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned processor 1220 may be used to perform the actions described in the foregoing method embodiments that are implemented inside the terminal device, and the transceiver 1210 may be used to perform the operations described in the foregoing method embodiments that the terminal device sends to or receives from the network device. action.
  • the transceiver 1210 may be used to perform the operations described in the foregoing method embodiments that the terminal device sends to or receives from the network device. action.
  • the above-mentioned terminal device 1200 may further include a power supply for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1200 may further include one or more of an input unit, a display unit, an audio circuit, a camera, a sensor, etc.
  • the audio circuit may also include a speaker, microphone, etc.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1300 may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the network device 1300 may be a schematic diagram of a related structure of a network device.
  • the network device 1300 includes a processor 1320 and a transceiver 1310.
  • the network device 1300 further includes a memory.
  • the processor 1320, the transceiver 1310 and the memory can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor 1320 is used to execute the computer in the memory. program to control the transceiver 1310 to send and receive signals.
  • the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 can implement various processes involving the network device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 .
  • the operations and/or functions of each module in the network device 1300 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 may be an eNB or a gNB.
  • the network device includes network devices such as CU, DU, and AAU.
  • CU may be specifically divided into CU-CP and CU- UP. This application does not limit the specific architecture of the network device.
  • the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 may be a CU node or a CU-CP node.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and a (communication) interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned processing device may be one or more chips.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or a It is a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • MCU programmable logic device
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (RAM).
  • Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of implementing a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code (or instructions), when the computer program code is executed by one or more processors, the computer program code includes: The device of the processor executes the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 .
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a terminal device, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that includes one or more available media integrated.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media, and the like.
  • the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores program codes (or instructions), and when the program codes are executed by one or more processors,
  • the device including the processor is caused to execute the method in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 .
  • the present application further provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more network devices.
  • the system may further include one or more of the aforementioned terminal devices.
  • the network equipment in each of the above apparatus embodiments completely corresponds to the terminal equipment and the network equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units.
  • a processing unit processor
  • processor For functions of specific units, reference may be made to corresponding method embodiments.
  • the number of processors may be one or more.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • the embodiments may refer to each other.
  • the methods and/or terms between the method embodiments may refer to each other, such as the functions and/or the device embodiments.
  • terms may refer to each other, eg, functions and/or terms between an apparatus embodiment and a method embodiment may refer to each other.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a communication method and communication apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device receives indication information from a network device, wherein the indication information is used to indicate K pieces of time unit format configuration information, the K pieces of time unit format configuration information are used to indicate one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources comprised in N time units, and K is an integer greater than 0; and according to the indication information, the terminal device determines one or more resources among the uplink resources, the downlink resources and the flexible resources comprised in the N time units. The reliability of communication may be improved.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project)正在探讨在新无线(new radio,NR)系统中支持低能力(reduced capability,REDCAP)用户设备(user equipment,UE)的课题。REDCAP UE是一种相对于现有NR系统中支持的UE,如增强移动带宽(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)UE、高可靠低时延通信(ultra-relaible and low latency communication,URLLC)UE来说能力较低的UE类型,可以用于大规模机器类型通信(massive machine type communication,mMTC)场景。REDCAP UE的主要特征是通过降低或限制UE的能力来满足其较高的UE节能需求。例如,相对eMBB UE,可以限制REDCAP UE的带宽能力。如REDCAP UE可支持的最大部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)降低至20兆赫兹(megahertz,MHz)或10MHz。再例如,相对eMBB UE,可以降低REDCAP UE的信号处理能力(processing capability)、放松处理时延要求(processing time)、和/或降低天线能力等。再例如,REDCAP UE在频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)模式下仅支持半双工频分双工(half-duplex FDD,HD-FDD)能力,REDCAP UE在HD-FDD模式下不支持全双工频分双工(Full-duplex FDD,FD-FDD)的同时接收和发送行为,且发送和接收之间切换需要有保护间隔(guard time)。如何使得REDCAP UE和网络设备有效地进行通信是当前的研究热点。The 3rd generation partnership project is exploring the subject of supporting reduced capability (REDCAP) user equipment (UE) in new radio (NR) systems. REDCAP UE is a capability relative to UEs supported in existing NR systems, such as enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) UE and ultra-relaible and low latency communication (URLLC) UE. The lower UE type can be used for massive machine type communication (mMTC) scenarios. The main feature of REDCAP UE is to meet its higher UE energy saving requirements by reducing or limiting the UE's capabilities. For example, the bandwidth capabilities of REDCAP UEs can be limited relative to eMBB UEs. For example, the maximum partial bandwidth (BWP) that a REDCAP UE can support is reduced to 20 megahertz (megahertz, MHz) or 10 MHz. For another example, compared to an eMBB UE, the signal processing capability (processing capability) of the REDCAP UE may be reduced, the processing delay requirement (processing time) may be relaxed, and/or the antenna capability may be reduced. For another example, REDCAP UE only supports half-duplex frequency division duplex (HD-FDD) capability in frequency division duplex (FDD) mode, and REDCAP UE does not support full-duplex capability in HD-FDD mode. Duplex frequency division duplex (Full-duplex FDD, FD-FDD) simultaneous reception and transmission behavior, and switching between transmission and reception requires a guard time (guard time). How to make REDCAP UE and network equipment communicate effectively is a current research focus.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法和通信装置,能够提高通信的可靠性。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device, which can improve the reliability of communication.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备或配置于(或用于)终端设备的模块(如芯片)执行,以下以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the terminal device.
该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,该K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,K为大于0的整数。The method includes: receiving indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, where the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate uplink resources, downlink resources and One or more resources in flexible resources, K is an integer greater than 0.
根据上述方案,网络设备通过指示信息通知终端设备,至少一个时间单元格式配置信息指示的N个时间单元的中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,终端设备通过指示信息明确该N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源。能够使得终端设备与网络设备之间对该N个时间单元的格式达成共识,并根据该N个时间单元的格式进行接收和发送行为,能够提高通信的可靠性。According to the above solution, the network device notifies the terminal device through the indication information that one or more of the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units indicated by the at least one time unit format configuration information, the terminal device uses The indication information specifies one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units. The terminal device and the network device can reach a consensus on the format of the N time units, and perform receiving and sending behaviors according to the format of the N time units, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该指示信息为终端设备专用的指示信息,或者,该指示信息为多个终端设备的公共信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the indication information is indication information dedicated to terminal devices, or the indication information is public information of multiple terminal devices.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该K个时间单元格式配置信息为至少 一个时间单元格式配置信息组中的时间单元格式配置信息,该至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组包括以下时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项:第一时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第一时间单元格式配置信息,该第一时间单元格式配置信息用于指示一个该时间单元中的每个子时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,一个该时间单元包括M个子时间单元,M为大于0的整数;第二时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第二时间单元格式配置信息,该第二时间单元格式配置信息用于指示P个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,P为小于或等于N的正整数;第三时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第三时间单元格式配置信息,该第三时间单元格式配置信息用于指示L个时间单元中的每个子时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,该L个时间单元中包括的L*M个子时间单元,L为小于或等于N的正整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the K time unit format configuration information is time unit format configuration information in at least one time unit format configuration information group, and the at least one time unit format configuration information group It includes one or more of the following time unit format configuration information groups: a first time unit format configuration information group, including at least one first time unit format configuration information, the first time unit format configuration information is used to indicate a time Each sub-time unit in the unit is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, and one such time unit includes M sub-time units, where M is an integer greater than 0; the second time unit format configuration information group, including at least one second time unit Format configuration information, the second time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each time unit in the P time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, and P is a positive integer less than or equal to N; the third time unit format A configuration information group, including at least one third time unit format configuration information, where the third time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in the L time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, the L time units L*M sub-time units included in the unit, L is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:根据该K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息指示的该时间单元的个数,确定该K个时间单元格式配置信息指示的该时间单元的个数N。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: determining the number of the time units according to the number of the time units indicated by each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information The number N of the time units indicated by the K time unit format configuration information.
根据上述方案,K个时间单元格式配置信息可以是多种格式配置信息组中的K个,使得可以实现指示信息能够指示不同长度和/或不同粒度的时间单元的格式,从而可以有效地传输各种粒度的信息。According to the above solution, the K time unit format configuration information may be K in multiple format configuration information groups, so that the indication information can indicate the format of time units of different lengths and/or different granularities, so that each format can be efficiently transmitted. granular information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该指示信息具体指示该K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息的标识,或者,该指示信息具体指示该至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组中的每个该时间单元格式配置信息组的标识和该K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息在对应的时间单元格式配置信息组中的标识。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the indication information specifically indicates the identifier of each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information, or the indication information specifically indicates the at least The identification of each time unit format configuration information group in a time unit format configuration information group and the identification of each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information in the corresponding time unit format configuration information group .
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一时间单元格式配置信息组、该第二时间单元格式配置信息组和该第三时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项为协议规定的或网络配置的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, one of the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group or Many are protocol-specific or network-configured.
例如,是网络设备通过信令为终端设备配置的。该信令可以是系统信息(如SIB)、或公共RRC信令等。For example, the network equipment configures the terminal equipment through signaling. The signaling may be system information (such as SIB), or common RRC signaling, or the like.
根据上述方案,时间单元格式配置信息组可以是由协议规定的,能够减小信息开销及功率消耗,例如减小REDCAP UE的功率消耗。时间单元格式配置信息组也可以是网络配置的,能够提高格式配置的灵活性。According to the above solution, the time unit format configuration information group can be specified by the protocol, which can reduce information overhead and power consumption, for example, reduce the power consumption of REDCAP UE. The time unit format configuration information group may also be network-configured, which can improve the flexibility of format configuration.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该N个时间单元是该指示信息所在的时间单元之后的N个时间单元。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the N time units are N time units following the time unit where the indication information is located.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该指示信息承载在下行控制信息DCI中和/或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE中。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the indication information is carried in the downlink control information DCI and/or the medium access control control element MAC CE.
可选地,该指示信息承载在终端设备专用的DCI中。Optionally, the indication information is carried in a DCI dedicated to the terminal device.
例如,终端设备专用的无线网络临时标识加扰的DCI,可选地,DCI格式可以是DCI格式0_0、DCI格式0_1、DCI格式1_0、DCI格式1_1,但本申请不限于此。For example, the wireless network dedicated to the terminal device temporarily identifies the scrambled DCI. Optionally, the DCI format may be DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_0, and DCI format 1_1, but the present application is not limited thereto.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在接收来自该网络设备的该指示信息之前,该方法还包括:接收来自该网络设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置一个或多个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源;根据该指示信息, 确定该一个或多个多个时间单元中的灵活资源与该N个时间单元中重叠的资源包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before receiving the indication information from the network device, the method further includes: receiving first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information using In configuring each time unit in one or more time units as uplink resources, downlink resources or flexible resources; according to the indication information, determine the flexible resources in the one or more time units and the N time units The overlapping resources include one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources.
可选地,终端设备不期望第一配置信息指示的多个时间单元中的上行资源或下行资源被指示信息改写或变更。或者说,终端设备不期望指示信息修改第一配置信息指示的灵活资源以外的资源的格式。Optionally, the terminal device does not expect uplink resources or downlink resources in the multiple time units indicated by the first configuration information to be rewritten or changed by the indication information. In other words, the terminal device does not expect the indication information to modify the format of resources other than the flexible resources indicated by the first configuration information.
根据上述方案,可以由网络设备通过第一配置信息配置部分资源的格式,再由指示信息修改其中灵活资源的格式,能够减小多次发送指示信息带来的信令开销。According to the above solution, the format of some resources can be configured by the network device through the first configuration information, and then the format of the flexible resources can be modified by the indication information, which can reduce the signaling overhead caused by sending the indication information multiple times.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该N个时间单元中包括用于承载第一信息的第一资源和用于承载第二信息的第二资源,该第一资源和该第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,其中,第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,以及,该方法还包括:在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, the first resource and The second resource overlaps at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes: sending or receiving the first information on the first resource.
根据上述方案,在资源重叠的情况下,终端设备和网络设备根据资源的优先级,确定在高优先级的资源上发送或接收与该资源相应的信息,能够使得终端设备和网络设备对重叠资源上承载的信息达成共识,能够提高通信的可靠性。According to the above solution, in the case of overlapping resources, the terminal device and the network device determine to send or receive information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the resource, so that the terminal device and the network device can compare the overlapped resources. A consensus can be reached on the information carried on the network, which can improve the reliability of communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一资源中包括至少一个第一子资源,其中,不同第一子资源的以下信息中的至少一项不同:频率、时间、所述第一信息的类型和所述第一资源的类型,该至少一个第一子资源中的每个该第一子资源对应一个优先级,该第二资源中包括至少一个第二子资源,其中,不同第二子资源的以下信息中的至少一项不同:频率、时间、所述第二信息的类型和所述第二资源的类型,该至少一个第二子资源中的每个该第二子资源对应一个优先级,其中,该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,包括:该第三资源对应的第一子资源的优先级高于该第三资源对应的该第二子资源的优先级。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first resource includes at least one first sub-resource, wherein at least one of the following information of different first sub-resources is different: frequency, time, the type of the first information and the type of the first resource, each of the first sub-resources in the at least one first sub-resource corresponds to a priority, and the second resource includes at least one second sub-resource, Wherein, at least one of the following information of different second sub-resources is different: frequency, time, type of the second information and type of the second resource, each of the at least one second sub-resource Two sub-resources correspond to one priority, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, including: the priority of the first sub-resource corresponding to the third resource is higher than that of the third resource The priority of the second sub-resource.
根据上述方案,对资源划分子资源并设定子资源的优先级,比较重叠部分对应的子资源的优先级,能够更准确地高优先级的资源,并发送或接收与该资源相应的信息,能够使得终端设备和网络设备对重叠资源上承载的信息达成共识,能够提高通信的可靠性。According to the above scheme, the resources are divided into sub-resources and the priorities of the sub-resources are set, and the priorities of the sub-resources corresponding to the overlapping parts are compared, so that the high-priority resources can be more accurately sent or received. The terminal device and the network device can reach a consensus on the information carried on the overlapping resources, and the reliability of the communication can be improved.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一资源和该第二资源为第一时间单元中的资源,该方法还包括:该第一资源为上行资源,该第二资源为下行资源,该第一信息为上行信息,该第二信息为下行信息,该第一时间单元之前的第Q个该时间单元包括至少一个上行资源,且至少一个上行资源上承载了上行信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级;或者,该第一时间单元之前的第Q个该时间单元包括至少一个下行资源,且未承载下行信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,或者,该第一资源为下行资源,该第二资源为上行资源,该第一信息为下行信息,该第二信息为上行信息,该第一时间单元之前的第Q个该时间单元包括至少一个上行资源,且未承载上行信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级;或者,该第一时间单元之前的第Q个该时间单元包括至少一个下行资源,且至少一个下行资源上承载了下行信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,其中,Q为正整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit, and the method further includes: the first resource is an uplink resource, and the second resource is an uplink resource. The resources are downlink resources, the first information is uplink information, the second information is downlink information, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes at least one uplink resource, and at least one uplink resource carries uplink information , determine that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes at least one downlink resource and does not carry downlink information, determine that the first time unit The priority of the resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, or the first resource is a downlink resource, the second resource is an uplink resource, the first information is downlink information, the second information is uplink information, and the first resource is uplink information. The Qth time unit before a time unit includes at least one uplink resource and does not carry uplink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than that of the second resource; or, the priority of the first time unit is higher than that of the second resource. The Qth time unit includes at least one downlink resource, and at least one downlink resource carries downlink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, where Q is a positive integer.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,Q个该时间单元的时间长度大于或等于第一时间间隔,该第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态切换至接收状态的时间间隔。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the time length of the Q time units is greater than or equal to a first time interval, and the first time interval is a time interval or a sending state during which the receiving state is switched to the sending state The time interval for switching to the receiving state.
根据上述方案,根据第一时间单元之前之前的第Q个时间单元承载的是信息是上行还是下行确定重叠资源上承载的信息的传输方向,从而确定重叠的两个资源的优先级,使得终端设备和网络设备对重叠资源上承载的信息达成共识,能够提高通信的可靠性。According to the above solution, the transmission direction of the information carried on the overlapping resources is determined according to whether the information carried in the Qth time unit before the first time unit is uplink or downlink, so as to determine the priority of the two overlapping resources, so that the terminal equipment Reaching a consensus with the network equipment on the information carried on the overlapping resources can improve the reliability of communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一资源和该第二资源为第一时间单元中的资源,该方法还包括:该第一时间单元之前的第R个时间单元与之前的第Q个时间单元之间的至少T个资源承载了该第一信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,其中,R为大于或等于Q的整数,Q、T为大于0的整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit, and the method further includes: the Rth time before the first time unit At least T resources between the unit and the previous Qth time unit carry the first information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, where R is greater than or equal to Q Integer, Q and T are integers greater than 0.
根据上述方案,根据发生资源重叠的时间单元之前的时间单元中第一信息的发送频次判断是否需要继续在重叠资源上发送该第一信息,能够保证信息的连续性。According to the above solution, whether it is necessary to continue to send the first information on the overlapping resources is determined according to the transmission frequency of the first information in the time unit before the time unit in which the resource overlap occurs, which can ensure the continuity of the information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, It is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
根据上述方案,若第一信息多次因资源重叠而未被发送,确定第一资源为高优先级资源,能够避免第一信息长时间无法被传输的情况。According to the above solution, if the first information is not sent due to overlapping resources for many times, the first resource is determined as a high-priority resource, which can avoid the situation that the first information cannot be transmitted for a long time.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置该第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource priority, where the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一资源和该第二资源为周期性资源或半静态资源,该第一资源和/或该第二资源为以下资源中的一种资源:配置授权物理上行共享信道的资源、探测参考信号SRS的资源、物理上行控制信道PUCCH的资源、物理随机接入信道PRACH的资源、搜索空间、半静态信道状态参考信号CSI-RS的资源、和半持续调度下行共享信道SPS-PUSCH的资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first resource and the second resource are periodic resources or semi-static resources, and the first resource and/or the second resource are among the following resources A resource: configure the resources of the authorized physical uplink shared channel, the resources of the sounding reference signal SRS, the resources of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH, the resources of the physical random access channel PRACH, the search space, and the semi-static channel state reference signal CSI-RS. resources, and semi-persistent scheduling downlink shared channel SPS-PUSCH resources.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由网络设备或配置于(或用于)网络设备的模块(如芯片)执行,以下以该方法由网络设备执行为例进行说明。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a network device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the network device.
该方法包括:向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,该K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,K为大于0的整数。The method includes: sending indication information to a terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, where the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units One or more resources in the resource, K is an integer greater than 0.
关于指示信息等的介绍同第一方面,不再赘述。The introduction about the indication information and the like is the same as that of the first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在向该终端设备发送该指示信息之前,该方法还包括:向该终端设备发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置多个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, before sending the indication information to the terminal device, the method further includes: sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure Each time unit in the multiple time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该N个时间单元中包括用于承载第一信息的第一资源和用于承载第二信息的第二资源,该第一资源和该第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,其中,第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,以及,该方法还包括:在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, the first resource and The second resource overlaps at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes: sending or receiving the first information on the first resource.
关于第一资源、第二资源、和第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级等的详细介绍同第一方面,不再赘述。The detailed introduction about the first resource, the second resource, and the priority of the first resource being higher than the priority of the second resource is the same as that of the first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,确定该第一资源的优先 级高于该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, It is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:向该终端设备发送第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置该第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending second configuration information and third configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the priority of the first resource level, the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备或配置于(或用于)终端设备的模块(如芯片)执行,以下以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the terminal device.
该方法包括:确定第一资源和第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,该第一资源用于承载第一信息,该第二资源用于承载第二信息;第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。The method includes: determining that a first resource and a second resource overlap at a third resource position, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the priority of the first resource is higher than the The priority of the second resource on which the first information is sent or received.
根据上述方案,在资源重叠的情况下,终端设备和网络设备根据资源的优先级,确定在高优先级的资源上发送或接收与该资源相应的信息,能够使得终端设备和网络设备对重叠资源上承载的信息达成共识,能够提高通信的可靠性。According to the above solution, in the case of overlapping resources, the terminal device and the network device determine to send or receive information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the resource, so that the terminal device and the network device can compare the overlapped resources. A consensus can be reached on the information carried on the network, which can improve the reliability of communication.
关于第一资源、第二资源、和第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级等的详细介绍同第一方面,不再赘述。The detailed introduction about the first resource, the second resource, and the priority of the first resource being higher than the priority of the second resource is the same as that of the first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: on H consecutive resources for carrying the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, It is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置该第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: receiving second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource priority, where the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由网络设备或配置于(或用于)网络设备的模块(如芯片)执行,以下以该方法由网络设备执行为例进行说明。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a network device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the network device.
该方法包括:确定第一资源和第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,该第一资源用于承载第一信息,该第二资源用于承载第二信息;第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。The method includes: determining that a first resource and a second resource overlap at a third resource position, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the priority of the first resource is higher than the The priority of the second resource on which the first information is sent or received.
关于第一资源、第二资源、和第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级等的详细介绍同第二方面,不再赘述。The detailed introduction about the first resource, the second resource, and the priority of the first resource being higher than the priority of the second resource is the same as that of the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, It is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置该第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource priority, where the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
第五方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备或配置于(或用于)终端设备的模块(如芯片)执行,以下以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行说明。A fifth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the terminal device.
该方法包括:当上行资源与下行资源之间的第二时间间隔小于第一时间间隔时,终端设备确定该第二时间间隔之前的资源被提前和/或确定该第二时间间隔之后的资源被延后至上行资源与下行资源之间的时间间隔大于或等于该第一时间间隔,其中,该第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔。The method includes: when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is smaller than the first time interval, the terminal device determines that the resource before the second time interval is advanced and/or determines that the resource after the second time interval is advanced The delay to the time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, where the first time interval is the time interval for switching from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state.
需要说明的是,第二时间间隔之前的资源可以是上行资源,第二时间间隔之后的资源可以是下行资源,或者,第二时间间隔之前的资源可以是下行资源,第二时间间隔之后的资源可以是上行资源。It should be noted that the resources before the second time interval may be uplink resources, the resources after the second time interval may be downlink resources, or the resources before the second time interval may be downlink resources, and the resources after the second time interval It can be an uplink resource.
可选地,协议规定或网络预配置资源提前或资源延后之后的资源间隔为第三时间间隔。该第三时间间隔大于或等于第一时间间隔。Optionally, the resource interval specified by the protocol or after the resource advance or resource delay is preconfigured by the network is the third time interval. The third time interval is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
可选地,协议规定资源提前的时间量和/或资源延后的时间量。或者,网络设预配置资源提前和/或资源延后的时间量。Optionally, the protocol specifies the amount of time the resource is advanced and/or the amount of time the resource is delayed. Alternatively, the network preconfigures the amount of time that the resource is advanced and/or the resource is delayed.
可选地,由协议规定或网络预配置(如通过无线资源RRC消息配置或系统消息配置)资源提前的多个时间量,网络设备通过下行控制信息DCI或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE指示资源提前的多个时间量中的一个。和/或,由协议规定或网络预配置(如通过无线资源RRC消息配置或系统消息配置)资源延后的多个时间量,网络设备通过下行控制信息DCI或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE指示资源延后的多个时间量中的一个。Optionally, a plurality of time amounts in advance of the resources specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network (such as configured through the radio resource RRC message or system message), the network device indicates the resources through the downlink control information DCI or the medium access control control element MAC CE. one of multiple amounts of time ahead. And/or, the multiple time amounts of resource delay specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network (such as configured through the radio resource RRC message or system message), the network device indicates through the downlink control information DCI or the medium access control control element MAC CE. One of multiple amounts of time that the resource is deferred.
第六方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由网络设备或配置于(或用于)网络设备的模块(如芯片)执行,以下以该方法由网络设备执行为例进行说明。A sixth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device or a module (eg, a chip) configured in (or used for) the network device.
该方法包括:当上行资源与下行资源之间的第二时间间隔小于第一时间间隔,网络设备确定该第二时间间隔之前的资源被提前和/或确定该第二时间间隔之后的资源被延后至上行资源与下行资源之间的时间间隔大于或等于该第一时间间隔,其中,该第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔。The method includes: when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is smaller than the first time interval, the network device determines that the resource before the second time interval is advanced and/or determines that the resource after the second time interval is delayed The time interval between the subsequent uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, where the first time interval is the time interval for switching from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state.
可选地,协议规定或网络预配置资源提前或资源延后之后的资源间隔为第三时间间隔。该第三时间间隔大于或等于第一时间间隔。Optionally, the resource interval specified by the protocol or after the resource advance or resource delay is preconfigured by the network is the third time interval. The third time interval is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
关于资源被提前或延后的时间量等的介绍同第五方面,不再赘述。The introduction about the amount of time by which the resource is advanced or delayed is the same as that of the fifth aspect, and will not be repeated here.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第一方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置包括:收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,该K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,K为大于0的整数;处理单元,用于根据该指示信息确定该N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. In a design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, or However, software can also be implemented in combination with hardware circuits and software. In one design, the apparatus includes: a transceiver unit for receiving indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, and the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate N time units One or more of the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the unit, K is an integer greater than 0; the processing unit is used to determine the uplink resources, downlink resources included in the N time units according to the indication information One or more of resources and flexible resources.
关于该指示信息的介绍同第一方面,不再赘述。The introduction of the indication information is the same as that of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,在接收来自该网络设备的该指示信息之前,该收发单元还用于接收来自该网络设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置多个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源;该处理单元还用于根据该指示信息,确定该多个时间单元中的灵活资源与该N个时间单元中重叠的资源包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, before receiving the indication information from the network device, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information is used to configure each time unit in the multiple time units as uplink resources, downlink resources or flexible resources; the processing unit is further configured to determine the flexible resources in the multiple time units and the N time units according to the indication information The overlapping resources include one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该N个时间单元中包括用于承载第一信息的第一资源和用于承载第二信息的第二资源,该第一资源和该第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,其中,第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,以及,该方法还包括:在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, the first resource and The second resource overlaps at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes: sending or receiving the first information on the first resource.
关于第一资源、第二资源、和第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级等的详细介 绍同第一方面,不再赘述。The detailed introduction about the first resource, the second resource, and the priority of the first resource being higher than the priority of the second resource is the same as that of the first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,该处理单元还用于确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, the processing unit also uses for determining that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置该第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource the priority of the second resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第二方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源;收发单元,用于向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,该K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,K为大于0的整数。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. In a design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the second aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, or However, software can also be implemented in combination with hardware circuits and software. In one design, the apparatus includes: a processing unit for determining one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units; a transceiver unit for sending indication information to terminal equipment , the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, and the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units, K is an integer greater than 0.
关于该指示信息的介绍同第二方面,不再赘述。The introduction of the indication information is the same as that of the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,在向该终端设备发送该指示信息之前,该收发单元还用于向该终端设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置多个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, before sending the indication information to the terminal device, the transceiver unit is further configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used for Each time unit in the multiple time units is configured as an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该N个时间单元中包括用于承载第一信息的第一资源和用于承载第二信息的第二资源,该第一资源和该第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,其中,第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,以及,该方法还包括:在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, the first resource and The second resource overlaps at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes: sending or receiving the first information on the first resource.
关于第一资源、第二资源、和第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级等的详细介绍同第二方面,不再赘述。The detailed introduction about the first resource, the second resource, and the priority of the first resource being higher than the priority of the second resource is the same as that of the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,该处理单元还用于确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, the processing unit further uses for determining that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于向该终端设备发送第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置该第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send second configuration information and third configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource priority, where the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第三方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定第一资源和第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,该第一资源用于承载第一信息,该第二资源用于承载第二信息;收发单元,用于在第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级的情况下,在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. In a design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the third aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, or However, software can also be implemented in combination with hardware circuits and software. In one design, the apparatus includes: a processing unit configured to determine that a first resource and a second resource overlap at a third resource location, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information ; a transceiver unit, configured to send or receive the first information on the first resource when the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
关于第一资源、第二资源、和第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级等的详细介绍同第三方面,不再赘述。Details about the first resource, the second resource, and the priority of the first resource being higher than the priority of the second resource are the same as those of the third aspect, and are not repeated here.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的某些实现方式中,在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资 源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,该处理单元还用于确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the ninth aspect, in some implementations of the ninth aspect, on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, the processing unit also uses for determining that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置该第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the ninth aspect, in some implementations of the ninth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource the priority of the second resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第四方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定第一资源和第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,该第一资源用于承载第一信息,该第二资源用于承载第二信息;收发单元,用于在第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级的情况下,在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。A tenth aspect provides a communication device. In a design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the fourth aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, or However, software can also be implemented in combination with hardware circuits and software. In one design, the apparatus includes: a processing unit configured to determine that a first resource and a second resource overlap at a third resource location, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information ; a transceiver unit, configured to send or receive the first information on the first resource when the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
关于第一资源、第二资源、和第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级等的详细介绍同第四方面,不再赘述。Details about the first resource, the second resource, and the priority of the first resource being higher than the priority of the second resource are the same as those of the fourth aspect, and are not repeated here.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的某些实现方式中,在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,该处理单元还用于确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementations of the tenth aspect, on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, the processing unit further uses for determining that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置该第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置该第二资源的优先级。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementations of the tenth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first resource the priority of the second resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第五方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置包括:处理单元,当上行资源与下行资源之间的第二时间间隔小于第一时间间隔时,确定该第二时间间隔之前的资源提前或将该第二时间间隔之后的资源延后至上行资源与下行资源之间的时间间隔大于或等于该第一时间间隔,其中,该第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔;收发单元,在被提前的资源和/或被延后的资源上,接收或发送信息。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. In a design, the device may include a one-to-one module for performing the method/operation/step/action described in the fifth aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, It can also be implemented by software or by a combination of hardware circuits and software. In one design, the apparatus includes: a processing unit that, when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is smaller than the first time interval, determines that the resource before the second time interval is advanced or the second time interval is after the second time interval. The time interval between the delay of the resource to the uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, wherein the first time interval is the time interval from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state ; The transceiver unit receives or transmits information on the advanced resource and/or the delayed resource.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的某些实现方式中,协议规定或网络预配置资源提前或资源延后之后的时间间隔为第三时间间隔。该第三时间间隔大于或等于第一时间间隔。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in some implementations of the eleventh aspect, the time interval after the protocol stipulates or the network preconfigures the resource advance or the resource delay is the third time interval. The third time interval is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置,一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第六方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置包括:处理单元,用于当上行资源与下行资源之间的第二时间间隔小于第一时间间隔时,确定该第二时间间隔之前的资源提前或将该第二时间间隔之后的资源延后至上行资源与下行资源之间的时间间隔大于或等于该第一时间间隔,其中,该第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔;收发单元,在被提前的资源和/或被延后的资源上,接收或发送信息。A twelfth aspect provides a communication device. In a design, the device may include a one-to-one module for performing the method/operation/step/action described in the sixth aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, It can also be implemented by software or by a combination of hardware circuits and software. In one design, the apparatus includes: a processing unit configured to, when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is smaller than the first time interval, determine that the resource before the second time interval is advanced or the second time interval The resource after the interval is delayed until the time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, wherein the first time interval is the time interval for switching from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state. Time interval; a transceiver unit that receives or transmits information on advanced resources and/or delayed resources.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的某些实现方式中,协议规定或网络预配置资源提前或资源延后之后的资源间隔为第三时间间隔。该第三时间间隔大于第一时间间隔。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in some implementations of the twelfth aspect, the resource interval specified by the protocol or after the network pre-configured resource advance or resource delay is a third time interval. The third time interval is greater than the first time interval.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器可以实现上述第一方面、第三方面或第五方面以及第一方面、第三方面或第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器,该处理器与该存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。本申请实施例中,通信接口可以是收发器、管脚、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口,不予限制。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, including a processor. The processor may implement the method in the first aspect, the third aspect or the fifth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the third aspect or the fifth aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory, and the processor is coupled to the memory and can be configured to execute instructions in the memory, so as to implement the method in any of the above possible implementation manners. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface. In this embodiment of the present application, the communication interface may be a transceiver, a pin, a circuit, a bus, a module, or other types of communication interfaces, which are not limited.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the communication apparatus is a terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in the terminal device. When the communication device is a chip configured in the terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在一种可能的实现中,该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口,该处理器利用该通信接口:接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,该K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,K为大于0的整数。In a possible implementation, the communication apparatus includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor uses the communication interface to: receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, the K The time unit format configuration information is used to indicate one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units, and K is an integer greater than 0.
在一种可能的实现中,该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口,该处理器用于确定第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,其中,第一资源和第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,该第一资源用于承载第一信息,该第二资源用于承载第二信息;该处理器利用该通信接口在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor is configured to determine that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, wherein the first resource and the second resource are in the first resource. The positions of the three resources overlap, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the processor uses the communication interface to send or receive the first information on the first resource.
在一种可能的实现中,该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口,当上行资源与下行资源之间的第二时间间隔小于第一时间间隔时,该处理器用于确定该第二时间间隔之前的资源被提前和/或确定该第二时间间隔之后的资源被延后至上行资源与下行资源之间的时间间隔大于或等于该第一时间间隔,其中,该第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, and when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is less than the first time interval, the processor is configured to determine the time interval before the second time interval The resources are advanced and/or the resources after the second time interval are determined to be delayed until the time interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is greater than or equal to the first time interval, wherein the first time interval is when the receiving state is switched to The time interval between the sending state or the sending state to the receiving state.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器可以实现上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面以及第二方面、第四方面、第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器,该处理器与该存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, including a processor. The processor may implement the method of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, and the sixth aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory, and the processor is coupled to the memory and can be configured to execute instructions in the memory, so as to implement the method in any of the above possible implementation manners. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为网络设备。当该通信装置为网络设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one implementation, the communication apparatus is a network device. When the communication device is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in a network device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在一种可能的实现中,该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口,该处理器利用该通信接口:向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,该K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,K为大于0的整数。In a possible implementation, the communication apparatus includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor uses the communication interface to: send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, the K The time unit format configuration information is used to indicate one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units, and K is an integer greater than 0.
在一种可能的实现中,该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口,该处理器用于确定第一资 源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,其中,第一资源和第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,该第一资源用于承载第一信息,该第二资源用于承载第二信息;该处理器利用该通信接口在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor is configured to determine that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, wherein the first resource and the second resource are in the first resource. The positions of the three resources overlap, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the processor uses the communication interface to send or receive the first information on the first resource.
在一种可能的实现中,该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口,当上行资源与下行资源之间的第二时间间隔小于第一时间间隔时,该处理器用于确定该第二时间间隔之前的资源被提前和/或确定该第二时间间隔之后的资源被延后至上行资源与下行资源之间的时间间隔大于或等于该第一时间间隔,其中,该第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, and when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is less than the first time interval, the processor is configured to determine the time interval before the second time interval The resources are advanced and/or the resources after the second time interval are determined to be delayed until the time interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is greater than or equal to the first time interval, wherein the first time interval is when the receiving state is switched to The time interval between the sending state or the sending state to the receiving state.
第十五方面,提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。该处理电路用于通过该输入电路接收信号,并通过该输出电路发射信号,使得该处理器执行第一方面至第六方面以及第一方面至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。A fifteenth aspect provides a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method of the first aspect to the sixth aspect and any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect to the sixth aspect .
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为一个或多个芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor may be one or more chips, the input circuit may be input pins, the output circuit may be output pins, and the processing circuit may be transistors, gate circuits, flip-flops and various logic circuits, etc. . The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuit can be the same circuit that acts as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当该计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第六方面以及第一方面至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。A sixteenth aspect provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which, when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects Aspects and methods of any possible implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
第十七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第六方面以及第一方面至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program (which may also be referred to as code, or instructions), when it runs on a computer, causing the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect A method in any one possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect and the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
第十八方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的用于执行终端设备侧方法的装置和用于执行网络设备侧方法的装置。例如,该通信系统包括前述的终端设备和网络设备。In an eighteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the aforementioned apparatus for executing the method on the terminal device side and the apparatus for executing the method on the network device side. For example, the communication system includes the aforementioned terminal equipment and network equipment.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的通信系统的示意性框图;1 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一示意性流程图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的指示信息的一个示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的指示信息的另一个示意图;4 is another schematic diagram of indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一个示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一示意性流程图;FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的资源重叠的一个示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of resource overlap provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一个示意图;8 is another schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一个示意图;9 is another schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一个示意图;10 is another schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请的通信装置的一例的示意性框图;11 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication device of the present application;
图12是本申请的终端设备的一例的示意性结构图;12 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a terminal device of the present application;
图13是本申请的网络设备的一例的示意性结构图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a network device of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统、无线保真(wireless-fidelity,WiFi)系统、频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、未来的通信系统、或者多种通信系统融合的系统等,本申请实施例不做限定。其中,5G还可以称为新无线(new radio,NR)。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, long term evolution (LTE) systems, fifth generation (5G) mobile communication systems, wireless-fidelity (wireless-fidelity), WiFi) system, frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, future communication system, or a system that integrates multiple communication systems, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Among them, 5G can also be called new radio (NR).
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信场景,例如可以应用于以下通信场景中的一种或多种:eMBB通信、URLLC、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、mMTC、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信、车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信、车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信、和物联网(internet of things,IoT)等。可选地,mMTC可以包括以下通信中的一种或多种:工业无线传感器网络(industrial wireless sens or network,IWSN)的通信、视频监控(video surveillance)场景中的通信、和可穿戴设备的通信等。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: eMBB communication, URLLC, machine type communication (MTC), mMTC, device Device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, and internet of things (IoT), etc. Optionally, the mMTC may include one or more of the following communications: communications in industrial wireless sensor networks (IWSN), communications in video surveillance (video surveillance) scenarios, and wearable device communications Wait.
本申请实施例中,以REDCAP终端设备为例描述本申请实施例提供的方法。可选地,该方法还可以用于其他类型的终端设备,如eMBB终端设备、或URLLC终端设备等,不予限制。In the embodiment of the present application, a REDCAP terminal device is used as an example to describe the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the method can also be used for other types of terminal equipment, such as eMBB terminal equipment, or URLLC terminal equipment, etc., without limitation.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统100的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
如图1所示,该无线通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图1所示的网络设备110。该无线通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备120、130、140。其中,可以包括至少一个REDCAP终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备120、130。网络设备和终端设备可以进行通信或传输,包括:网络设备向终端设备发送下行信号,和/或终端设备向网络设备发送上行信号。其中,信号还可以被替换为信息或数据等。本申请实施例中,网络设备110可以向终端设备发送指示信息,终端设备接收来自网络设备110的指示信息,并根据该指示信息确定N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种。As shown in FIG. 1 , the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, for example, the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 . The wireless communication system 100 may further include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal devices 120, 130, and 140 shown in FIG. 1 . Among them, at least one REDCAP terminal device may be included, for example, the terminal devices 120 and 130 shown in FIG. 1 . The network device and the terminal device may perform communication or transmission, including: the network device sends a downlink signal to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device sends an uplink signal to the network device. Wherein, the signal can also be replaced with information or data, etc. In this embodiment of the present application, the network device 110 may send indication information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device 110, and determines, according to the indication information, among the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units one or more of.
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市中的无线终端、智慧家庭中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal , wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless device in industrial control Terminal, wireless terminal in unmanned driving, wireless terminal in telemedicine, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, cellular phone, cordless phone , Session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, in-vehicle devices , wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc.
应理解,本申请对于终端设备的具体形式不作限定。It should be understood that the present application does not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是接入网中具有无线收发功能的设备。该设备包括但不限于:基站、演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等。该设备还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device with a wireless transceiver function in an access network. The equipment includes but is not limited to: base station, evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP), or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc. The device may also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) and the like.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,简称AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU for short). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer function. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, in this architecture, the higher-layer signaling, such as the RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
网络设备管理一个或多个小区,并为管理的小区提供服务。终端设备通过网络设备分配的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)在小区中与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以属于宏基站(例如,宏eNB或宏gNB等),也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站。小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。The network equipment manages one or more cells and provides services for the managed cells. The terminal device communicates with the network device in the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the network device, and the cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.), or It belongs to the base station corresponding to the small cell. Small cells can include: urban cells (metro cells), micro cells (micro cells), pico cells (pico cells), femto cells (femto cells), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for to provide high-speed data transmission services.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备;也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统。该装置可以被安装在终端设备中或者和终端设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例中,以用于实现终端设备的功能的装置是终端设备为例,描述所提供的技术方案。In this embodiment of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device; it may also be an apparatus capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system. The device can be installed in the terminal equipment or used in combination with the terminal equipment. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the embodiments of the present application, the provided technical solutions are described by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal device as the terminal device as an example.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统。该装置可以被安装在网络设备中或者和网络设备匹配使用。在本申请实施例中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述所提供的技术方案。In this embodiment of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system. The apparatus can be installed in network equipment or used in combination with network equipment. In the embodiments of the present application, the provided technical solution is described by taking the device for implementing the function of the network device being a network device as an example.
工作在HD-FDD模式下的终端设备(例如,REDCAP UE)不支持同时接收信号和发送信号,例如该终端设备需要通过时分的方式进行发送和接收,且发送和接收之间切换需 要有保护间隔(guard time)。若网络设备向工作在HD-FDD模式下的终端设备发送信息,而该终端设备处于发送状态或者没有足够的时间切换至接收状态时,网络设备发送的该信息将不能被该终端设备接收到。因此,网络设备与终端设备之间需要对工作在HD-FDD模式下的终端设备的接收状态和发送状态达成共识。本申请实施例提出网络设备通过指示信息通知终端设备至少一个时间单元格式配置信息,以指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源;终端设备通过指示信息明确该N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源。能够使得终端设备与网络设备之间对该N个时间单元的格式达成共识,并根据该N个时间单元的格式进行接收和发送行为,能够提高通信的可靠性。下面结合附图对本申请提供的无线通信方法进行详细说明。A terminal device (for example, REDCAP UE) working in HD-FDD mode does not support simultaneous reception and transmission of signals. For example, the terminal device needs to transmit and receive in a time-division manner, and a guard interval is required for switching between transmission and reception. (guard time). If the network device sends information to a terminal device working in HD-FDD mode, and the terminal device is in the sending state or does not have enough time to switch to the receiving state, the information sent by the network device will not be received by the terminal device. Therefore, the network device and the terminal device need to reach a consensus on the receiving state and the sending state of the terminal device operating in the HD-FDD mode. The embodiment of the present application proposes that the network device notifies the terminal device of at least one time unit format configuration information through indication information, so as to indicate one or more resources among the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units; The indication information specifies one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units. The terminal device and the network device can reach a consensus on the format of the N time units, and perform receiving and sending behaviors according to the format of the N time units, thereby improving the reliability of communication. The wireless communication method provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图2是本申请实施例提供的通信方法200的一示意性流程图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
S210,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,该K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源。S210, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the format configuration information of K time units, and the format configuration information of the K time units is used to indicate the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units One or more of the resources.
相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的该指示信息。其中,K为大于0的整数,例如K为1、2、3或其他整数。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device. Wherein, K is an integer greater than 0, for example, K is 1, 2, 3 or other integers.
可选地,S210中的指示信息为该终端设备专用的指示信息。或者,该指示信息为多个终端设备共享(或公共)的指示信息。其中,该多个终端设备可以是小区中的所有终端设备或者小区中的一组终端设备,该多个终端设备中包括该终端设备。时间单元格式配置信息用于配置时间单元的格式。每个时间格式配置信息指示一个或多个时间单元的格式,即每个时间格式配置信息用于配置一个或多个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源。该指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,该K个时间单元格式配置信息共指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种。Optionally, the indication information in S210 is indication information dedicated to the terminal device. Alternatively, the indication information is indication information shared (or common) by multiple terminal devices. The multiple terminal devices may be all terminal devices in a cell or a group of terminal devices in a cell, and the multiple terminal devices include the terminal device. The time unit format configuration information is used to configure the format of the time unit. Each time format configuration information indicates the format of one or more time units, that is, each time format configuration information is used to configure one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in one or more time units resource. The indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, and the K time unit format configuration information indicates one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units.
作为示例非限定,该时间单元为帧(frame)、子帧(subframe)、时隙(slot)、微时隙(mini-slot)。By way of example and not limitation, the time unit is a frame (frame), a subframe (subframe), a time slot (slot), and a mini-slot (mini-slot).
可选地,该N个时间单元是指示信息所在的时间单元之后的N个时间单元。或者说,网络设备在时间单元n内发送该指示信息,该N个时间单元是从时间单元n+i开始的N个时间单元,其中,n为整数,i为大于或等于0的整数。可选地,i的取值可以是协议规定的或网络设备预先通过信令为终端设备配置的。Optionally, the N time units are N time units following the time unit where the indication information is located. In other words, the network device sends the indication information in time unit n, where the N time units are N time units starting from time unit n+i, where n is an integer and i is an integer greater than or equal to 0. Optionally, the value of i may be specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network device for the terminal device through signaling.
例如,协议规定i=1,则指示信息指示的该N个时间单元的格式为时间单元n+1开始的N个时间单元的格式,即承载指示信息的时间单元n的下一个时间单元开始的N个时间单元的格式。终端设备在时间单元n接收到指示信息后,根据该指示信息确定时间单元n+1开始的N个时间单元的格式,但本申请不限于此。For example, if the protocol specifies i=1, the format of the N time units indicated by the indication information is the format of the N time units starting from time unit n+1, that is, the format of the next time unit starting from the time unit n carrying the indication information. Format of N time units. After receiving the indication information in time unit n, the terminal device determines the format of N time units starting from time unit n+1 according to the indication information, but the present application is not limited to this.
再例如,网络设备预先向终端设备发送配置信息,该配置信息配置i=3,网络设备再向终端设备发送该指示信息,该指示信息指示的该N个时间单元的格式为时间单元n+3开始的N个时间单元的格式。终端设备在时间单元n接收到该指示信息后,根据该指示信息确定时间单元n+3开始的N个时间单元的格式,但本申请不限于此。For another example, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device in advance, the configuration information configures i=3, the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, and the format of the N time units indicated by the indication information is time unit n+3 The format of the starting N time units. After receiving the indication information in time unit n, the terminal device determines the format of N time units starting from time unit n+3 according to the indication information, but the present application is not limited to this.
可选地,该K个时间单元格式配置信息为至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组中的时间 单元格式配置信息,该至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组包括第一时间单元格式配置信息组、第二时间单元格式配置信息组和第三时间单元格式配置信息组中一项或多项。下面分别介绍第一时间单元格式配置信息组、第二时间单元格式配置信息组和第三时间单元格式配置信息组。Optionally, the K time unit format configuration information is time unit format configuration information in at least one time unit format configuration information group, and the at least one time unit format configuration information group includes a first time unit format configuration information group, a second time unit format configuration information group. One or more items of the time unit format configuration information group and the third time unit format configuration information group. The following describes the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group, respectively.
1.第一时间单元格式配置信息组1. The first time unit format configuration information group
第一时间单元格式配置信息组包括至少一个第一时间单元格式配置信息,该第一时间单元格式配置信息用于指示一个时间单元中的每个子时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,一个该时间单元包括M个子时间单元,M为大于0的整数。The first time unit format configuration information group includes at least one first time unit format configuration information, the first time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in a time unit is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, and one The time unit includes M sub-time units, where M is an integer greater than 0.
其中,子时间单元的持续时间小于时间单元。需要说明的是,本申请下文示例中多以时间单元为时隙,子时间单元为符号为例进行说明,但本申请不限于此,如时间单元还可以是帧或子帧,子时间单元可以是时隙或符号等,本申请对此不作限定。Wherein, the duration of the sub-time unit is less than the time unit. It should be noted that, in the following examples of this application, time units are used as time slots and sub-time units are used as symbols for illustration, but this application is not limited to this. For example, time units may also be frames or sub-frames, and sub-time units may It is a time slot or a symbol, etc., which is not limited in this application.
例如,时间单元为时隙,子时间单元为正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号,一个时隙包括14个OFDM符号(即M=14,但本申请不限于此)。第一时间单元格式配置信息组可以如表1所示,一个第一时间单元格式配置信息组包括S个第一时间单元格式配置信息,每个第一时间单元配置信息指示一个时隙中的14个OFDM符号分别为上行资源(表示为U)、下行资源(表示为D)或灵活资源(表示为F)。其中,S为大于或等于1的整数。例如,第一时间单元格式配置信息组中的标识为0的第一时间单元格式配置信息,指示一个时隙的14个OFDM符号中索引为0至6的7个OFDM符号为D,即下行(downlink,DL)资源(或者说下行符号),索引为7、8的2个OFDM符号为F,即灵活资源(或者说灵活符号),索引为9至13的OFDM符号为U,即上行(uplink,UL)资源(或者说上行符号),但本申请不限于此。For example, the time unit is a time slot, the sub-time unit is an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, and one time slot includes 14 OFDM symbols (ie, M=14, but the present application is not limited to this). The first time unit format configuration information group can be as shown in Table 1, one first time unit format configuration information group includes S first time unit format configuration information, and each first time unit configuration information indicates 14 times in a time slot. The OFDM symbols are respectively uplink resources (denoted as U), downlink resources (denoted as D) or flexible resources (denoted as F). Wherein, S is an integer greater than or equal to 1. For example, the first time unit format configuration information with the identifier of 0 in the first time unit format configuration information group indicates that the 7 OFDM symbols whose indexes are 0 to 6 in the 14 OFDM symbols of a time slot are D, that is, the downlink ( downlink, DL) resources (or downlink symbols), the two OFDM symbols with indexes 7 and 8 are F, that is, flexible resources (or flexible symbols), and the OFDM symbols with indexes 9 to 13 are U, that is, the uplink (uplink) , UL) resources (or uplink symbols), but the present application is not limited to this.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020121197-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020121197-appb-000001
在S210中的指示信息指示的K个时间单元格式配置信息可以是该第一时间单元格式配置信息组中的K个第一时间单元格式配置信息。The K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information in S210 may be the K first time unit format configuration information in the first time unit format configuration information group.
例如,指示信息指示标识1、2、10(S>10),表示网络设备通过指示信息通知终端设备,时间单元n+i开始的3个时间单元的格式分别对应表1中标识为1、2、10的第一时间单元格式配置信息指示的格式。For example, the indication information indicates identifiers 1, 2, and 10 (S>10), indicating that the network device notifies the terminal device through the indication information, and the formats of the three time units starting from time unit n+i correspond to the identifiers 1 and 2 in Table 1, respectively. , 10 The format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information.
可选地,终端设备可以根据指示信息指示的K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息指示的时间单元的个数,确定指示信息指示的时间单元的个数N。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the number N of time units indicated by the indication information according to the number of time units indicated by each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information.
例如,指示信息指示表1中标识为1、2、S的3个第一时间单元格式配置信息(即K=3),且表1中的每个时间单元格式配置信息指示1个时间单元,则指示信息指示的时 间单元的个数N为3,但本申请不限于此。For example, the indication information indicates three first time unit format configuration information (ie K=3) identified as 1, 2, and S in Table 1, and each time unit format configuration information in Table 1 indicates one time unit, Then, the number N of time units indicated by the indication information is 3, but the present application is not limited to this.
可选地,指示信息中K个时间单元格式配置信息指示的N个时间单元的格式与时间单元n+i开始的N个时间单元依次对应。Optionally, the formats of the N time units indicated by the K time unit format configuration information in the indication information correspond to the N time units starting from the time unit n+i in sequence.
例如,指示信息指示表1中标识为1、2、S的3个第一时间单元格式配置信息,则时间单元n+i开始的3个时间单元,时间单元n+i的格式对应标识为1的第一时间单元格式配置信息指示的格式,时间单元n+i+1的格式对应标识为2的第一时间单元格式配置信息指示的格式,时间单元n+i+2的格式对应标识为S的第一时间单元格式配置信息指示的格式。或者,指示信息指示的标识的排列顺序为S、1、2,则时间单元n+i、时间单元n+i+1、时间单元n+i+2依次分别对应标识为S、1、2的第一时间单元格式配置信息指示的格式,但本申请不限于此。再或者,指示信息指示的3个标识,依次为2、2、S-1、S,则时间单元n+i、时间单元n+i+1、时间单元n+i+2、时间单元n+i+3的4个时间单元依次分别对应标识为2、2、S-1、S的第一时间单元格式配置信息指示的格式,但本申请不限于此。For example, the indication information indicates the format configuration information of the three first time units identified as 1, 2, and S in Table 1, then the three time units starting from the time unit n+i, the format corresponding to the time unit n+i is identified as 1 The format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information, the format of the time unit n+i+1 corresponds to the format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information identified as 2, and the format corresponding to the time unit n+i+2 is identified as S The format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information. Or, if the order of the identifiers indicated by the indication information is S, 1, and 2, then the time unit n+i, time unit n+i+1, and time unit n+i+2 correspond to the identifiers S, 1, and 2 in turn. The format indicated by the first time unit format configuration information, but the application is not limited to this. Or, if the three identifiers indicated by the indication information are 2, 2, S-1, and S in sequence, then time unit n+i, time unit n+i+1, time unit n+i+2, time unit n+ The four time units of i+3 respectively correspond to the formats indicated by the format configuration information of the first time unit identified as 2, 2, S-1, and S, respectively, but the present application is not limited to this.
2.第二时间单元格式配置信息组2. The second time unit format configuration information group
第二时间单元格式配置信息组包括至少一个第二时间单元格式配置信息,该第二时间单元格式配置信息用于指示P个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,P为小于或等于N的正整数。The second time unit format configuration information group includes at least one second time unit format configuration information, where the second time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each time unit in the P time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, P is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
例如,时间单元为时隙,子时间单元为OFDM符号,一个时隙包括14个OFDM符号。第二时间单元格式配置信息组可以如表2所示,一个第二时间单元格式配置信息组包括X个第二时间单元格式配置信息,每个第二时间单元配置信息指示10个时隙(即P=10,但本申请不限于此)中每个时隙分别为上行资源(表示为U)、下行资源(表示为D)或灵活资源(表示为F),其中,X为大于或等于1的整数。例如,第二时间单元格式配置信息组中的标识为2的第二时间单元格式配置信息,指示10个时隙的格式依次是前5个时隙为上行资源(或者说下行时隙),第6、7、8个时隙为灵活资源(或者说灵活时隙),第9、10个时隙为下行资源(或者说下行时隙),但本申请不限于此。For example, the time unit is a time slot, the sub-time unit is an OFDM symbol, and one time slot includes 14 OFDM symbols. The second time unit format configuration information group may be as shown in Table 2. One second time unit format configuration information group includes X second time unit format configuration information, and each second time unit configuration information indicates 10 time slots (that is, P=10, but this application is not limited to this), each time slot is an uplink resource (denoted as U), a downlink resource (denoted as D) or a flexible resource (denoted as F), where X is greater than or equal to 1 the integer. For example, the second time unit format configuration information marked as 2 in the second time unit format configuration information group indicates that the format of the 10 time slots is that the first five time slots are uplink resources (or downlink time slots), and the first five time slots are uplink resources (or downlink time slots). The 6th, 7th and 8th time slots are flexible resources (or flexible time slots), and the 9th and 10th time slots are downlink resources (or downlink time slots), but the present application is not limited thereto.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020121197-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020121197-appb-000002
在S210中的指示信息指示的K个时间单元格式配置信息可以是该第二时间单元格式配置信息组中的K个第二时间单元格式配置信息。The K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information in S210 may be K second time unit format configuration information in the second time unit format configuration information group.
可选地,终端设备可以根据指示信息指示的K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间 单元格式配置信息指示的时间单元的个数,确定指示信息指示的时间单元的个数N。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the number N of time units indicated by the indication information according to the number of time units indicated by each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information.
例如,指示信息指示表2中的1个第二时间单元格式信息(即K=1),则该指示信息指示时间单元n+i开始的10个时间单元的格式。或者,指示信息指示表2中的3个第二时间单元格式信息(即K=3),则该指示信息指示时间单元n+i开始的30个时间单元的格式,但本申请不限于此。For example, if the indication information indicates one second time unit format information in Table 2 (ie, K=1), the indication information indicates the format of 10 time units starting from time unit n+i. Alternatively, the indication information indicates the format information of 3 second time units in Table 2 (ie K=3), then the indication information indicates the format of 30 time units starting from time unit n+i, but the present application is not limited to this.
3.第三时间单元格式配置信息组3. The third time unit format configuration information group
第三时间单元格式配置信息组包括至少一个第三时间单元格式配置信息,该第三时间单元格式配置信息用于指示L个时间单元中的每个子时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,该L个时间单元中包括的L*M个子时间单元,L为小于或等于N的正整数。The third time unit format configuration information group includes at least one third time unit format configuration information, where the third time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in the L time units is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource, L*M sub-time units included in the L time units, L is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
例如,时间单元为时隙,子时间单元为OFDM符号,一个时隙包括14个OFDM符号(即M=14,但本申请不限于此)。第三时间单元格式配置信息组可以如表3所示,一个第三时间单元格式配置信息组包括Y个第三时间单元格式配置信息,每个第三时间单元配置信息指示10个时隙(即L=10,但本申请不限于此)的格式,其中,Y为大于或等于1的整数。其中,每个时隙对应的数值为表1的标识,即指示每个时隙中14个符号分别为上行符号、下行符号或灵活符号。也就是说,一个第三时间单元配置信息指示10个时间单元中的每个符号分别为上行符号、下行符号或灵活符号。例如,表3中标识为1的第三时间单元配置信息,前4个时隙中的每个符号依次与表1中的标识为0的第一时间单元配置信息相对应,第5、6、7个时隙中的每个符号依次与表1中的标识为1的第一时间单元配置信息相对应,第8、9、10个时隙中的每个符号依次与表1中标识为2的第一时间单元配置信息相对应,但本申请不限于此。或者,表3中可以直接示出每个时隙中的每个符号对应的格式(D、U或F)。For example, the time unit is a time slot, the sub-time unit is an OFDM symbol, and one time slot includes 14 OFDM symbols (ie, M=14, but the present application is not limited thereto). The third time unit format configuration information group may be as shown in Table 3. One third time unit format configuration information group includes Y third time unit format configuration information, and each third time unit configuration information indicates 10 time slots (that is, L=10, but the application is not limited to this format), where Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The value corresponding to each time slot is the identifier in Table 1, that is, it indicates that the 14 symbols in each time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols or flexible symbols, respectively. That is to say, one third time unit configuration information indicates that each symbol in the 10 time units is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol or a flexible symbol, respectively. For example, in the third time unit configuration information marked as 1 in Table 3, each symbol in the first four time slots corresponds to the first time unit configuration information marked as 0 in Table 1 in turn. Each symbol in the 7 time slots in turn corresponds to the first time unit configuration information marked as 1 in Table 1, and each symbol in the 8th, 9th, and 10th time slots in turn is marked as 2 in Table 1. corresponds to the configuration information of the first time unit, but the present application is not limited to this. Alternatively, Table 3 may directly show the format (D, U or F) corresponding to each symbol in each slot.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020121197-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020121197-appb-000003
在S210中的指示信息指示的K个时间单元格式配置信息可以是该第三时间单元格式配置信息组中的K个第三时间单元格式配置信息。The K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information in S210 may be K third time unit format configuration information in the third time unit format configuration information group.
或者,在S210中的指示信息指示的K个时间单元格式配置信息可以是上述第一时间单元格式配置信息组、第二时间单元格式配置信息组和第三时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项中的时间单元格式配置信息。Alternatively, the K time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication information in S210 may be one of the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group or the time unit format configuration information in multiple items.
可选地,协议规定或网络配置第一时间单元格式配置信息组、所述第二时间单元格式配置信息组和所述第三时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项。例如,网络设备通过信令,如系统信息(如系统信息块(system information block,SIB))、公共RRC信令、 终端设备特定的RRC信令、终端设备特定的或公共的MAC CE、或终端设备特定的或公共的DCI,向终端设备指示第一时间单元格式配置信息组的配置信息、所述第二时间单元格式配置信息组的配置信息、和/或第三时间单元格式配置信息组的配置信息。其中,公共信令是公用于多个终端设备,如小区中的一组终端设备或小区中的所有终端设备的。Optionally, the protocol specifies or the network configures one or more of the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group. For example, the network device uses signaling, such as system information (such as system information block (SIB)), common RRC signaling, terminal equipment-specific RRC signaling, terminal equipment-specific or common MAC CE, or terminal equipment. A device-specific or common DCI that indicates to the terminal device the configuration information of the first time unit format configuration information group, the configuration information of the second time unit format configuration information group, and/or the configuration information of the third time unit format configuration information group configuration information. The common signaling is common to multiple terminal devices, such as a group of terminal devices in a cell or all terminal devices in a cell.
可选地,指示信息具体指示至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组中的每个时间单元格式配置信息组的标识,以及,该K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息在对应的时间单元格式配置信息组中的标识。Optionally, the indication information specifically indicates the identifier of each time unit format configuration information group in the at least one time unit format configuration information group, and each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information is in the corresponding time unit format configuration information. The identifier in the time unit format configuration information group.
例如,指示信息中包括指示域A1和指示域A2,指示域A1和指示域A2分别用于指示时间单元格式配置信息组(例如,指示域A1和指示域A2分别指示一个时间单元格式配置信息组的标识),指示信息还包括指示域B1和指示域B2,指示域B1和指示域B2分别用于指示时间单元格式配置信息在对应的配置信息组中的标识。具体地,指示域A1与指示域B1相对应,指示域B1用于指示指示域A1所指示的时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个或多个时间单元格式配置信息的标识。指示域A2与指示域B2相对应,指示域B2用于指示指示域A2所指示的时间单元格式信息组中的一个或多个时间单元格式配置信息的标识。For example, the indication information includes an indication field A1 and an indication field A2, and the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 are respectively used to indicate a time unit format configuration information group (for example, the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 respectively indicate a time unit format configuration information group The indication information further includes an indication field B1 and an indication field B2, and the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 are respectively used to indicate the identification of the time unit format configuration information in the corresponding configuration information group. Specifically, the indication field A1 corresponds to the indication field B1, and the indication field B1 is used to indicate the identifier of one or more time unit format configuration information in the time unit format configuration information group indicated by the indication field A1. The indication field A2 corresponds to the indication field B2, and the indication field B2 is used to indicate the identifier of one or more time unit format configuration information in the time unit format information group indicated by the indication field A2.
例如,协议规定第一时间单元格式配置信息组和第三时间单元格式配置信息组,且标识依次分别为0、1,指示域A1和指示域A2分别为2比特,指示域B1和指示域B2分别为6比特。网络设备在时间单元n发送的该指示信息中指示域A1指示“00”,表示指示域A1指示第一时间单元格式配置信息组,指示域B1指示“000100”,指示域B1指示该第一时间单元格式配置信息组中标识为4(即二进制的000100对应的十进制值)的第一时间单元格式配置信息,该标识为4的第一时间单元格式配置信息指示1个时间单元的格式。指示信息中指示域A2指示“01”,表示指示域A2指示第三时间单元格式配置信息组,指示域B2指示“000011”,指示域B2指示该第三时间单元格式配置信息组中标识为3(即二进制的000011对应的十进制值)的第三时间单元格式配置信息,该标识为3的第三时间单元格式配置信息指示L个时间单元中的每个符号的格式。因此,指示信息共指示2个时间单元格式配置信息(即K=2),该2个时间单元格式配置信息共指示L+1个时间单元(即N=L+1),例如第三时间时间单元格式配置信息组如表3所示,1个第三时间单元配置信息指示10个时间单元的格式,则该2个时间单元配置信息共指示11个时间单元的格式(即N=11)。即该指示信息指示了由时间单元n+i开始的11个时间单元的格式。可以根据指示域A1和指示域A2在指示信息中的顺序,或者可以根据指示域B1和指示域B2在指示信息中的顺序确定时间单元n+i开始的11个时间单元与时间单元格式配置信息的对应关系。For example, the protocol specifies the first time unit format configuration information group and the third time unit format configuration information group, and the identifiers are 0 and 1 respectively, the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 are 2 bits respectively, and the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 are respectively 2 bits. 6 bits respectively. In the indication information sent by the time unit n, the network device indicates that the field A1 indicates "00", indicating that the field A1 indicates the first time unit format configuration information group, the field B1 indicates "000100", and the field B1 indicates the first time In the unit format configuration information group, the first time unit format configuration information identified as 4 (ie, the decimal value corresponding to binary 000100), the first time unit format configuration information identified as 4 indicates the format of one time unit. In the indication information, the indication field A2 indicates "01", indicating that the indication field A2 indicates the third time unit format configuration information group, the indication field B2 indicates "000011", and the indication field B2 indicates that the third time unit format configuration information group is identified as 3 (ie, the decimal value corresponding to 000011 in binary) third time unit format configuration information, where the third time unit format configuration information marked as 3 indicates the format of each symbol in the L time units. Therefore, the indication information indicates a total of 2 time unit format configuration information (ie K=2), and the 2 time unit format configuration information indicates a total of L+1 time units (ie N=L+1), such as the third time and time The unit format configuration information group is shown in Table 3. One third time unit configuration information indicates the format of 10 time units, and the two time unit configuration information indicates the format of 11 time units in total (ie, N=11). That is, the indication information indicates the format of 11 time units starting from time unit n+i. The 11 time units and time unit format configuration information starting from time unit n+i can be determined according to the order of the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 in the indication information, or can be determined according to the order of the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 in the indication information corresponding relationship.
一个示例中,指示信息中指示域B1、指示域B2按顺序排列,则指示域B1指示的第一时间单元格式配置信息,用于配置时间单元n+i的格式,指示域B2指示的第三时间单元格式配置信息所指示的10个时间单元的格式,依次对应时间单元n+i+1至时间单元n+i+10的格式,但本申请不限于此。In an example, the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 are arranged in order in the indication information, then the format configuration information of the first time unit indicated by the indication field B1 is used to configure the format of the time unit n+i, and the third time unit indicated by the indication field B2 is used to configure the format of the time unit n+i. The formats of the 10 time units indicated by the time unit format configuration information sequentially correspond to the formats of time unit n+i+1 to time unit n+i+10, but the present application is not limited thereto.
另一个示例中,指示信息中的指示域A1和指示域A2可以指示同一时间单元格式配置信息组,如第一时间单元格式配置信息组,指示域B1和指示域B2分别指示该第一时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个第一时间单元格式配置信息,指示域B1和指示域B2指 示的第一时间单元格式配置信息可以相同也可以不同,分别指示时间单元n+i和时间单元n+i+1的格式,但本申请不限于此。In another example, the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 in the indication information may indicate the same time unit format configuration information group, such as the first time unit format configuration information group, and the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 respectively indicate the first time unit. A first time unit format configuration information in the format configuration information group, the first time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 may be the same or different, indicating time unit n+i and time unit n+i respectively. +1 for the format, but this application is not limited to that.
另一个示例中,指示信息中的指示域A1和指示域A2可以均指示第三时间单元格式配置信息组,指示域B1和指示域B2指示的第三时间单元格式配置信息可以相同也可以不同,该2个第三时间单元格式配置信息指示时间单元n+i开始的共20个时间单元的格式,但本申请不限于此。可选地,此时,指示域A1和指示域A2可以是共享的一个指示域。In another example, the indication field A1 and the indication field A2 in the indication information may both indicate the third time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information indicated by the indication field B1 and the indication field B2 may be the same or different, The two third time unit format configuration information indicates the format of a total of 20 time units starting from time unit n+i, but the present application is not limited to this. Optionally, at this time, the indication domain A1 and the indication domain A2 may be a shared indication domain.
另一个示例中,指示信息中的指示域A1指示第一时间单元格式配置信息组,指示域B1指示一个第一时间单元格式配置信息,指示域A2指示“00”或“01”以外的值,或者预设值,如“11”,表示指示域A2未指示时间单元格式配置信息组,则该指示信息指示1个时间单元的格式,即指示域B1指示的第一时间单元格式配合信息,用于指示时间单元n+i的格式,但本申请不限于此。In another example, the indication field A1 in the indication information indicates the first time unit format configuration information group, the indication field B1 indicates a first time unit format configuration information, the indication field A2 indicates a value other than "00" or "01", Or the default value, such as "11", indicates that the indication field A2 does not indicate the time unit format configuration information group, then the indication information indicates the format of 1 time unit, that is, the format matching information of the first time unit indicated by the indication field B1 is used. In the format of indicating the time unit n+i, but the present application is not limited to this.
再例如,网络设备向终端设备发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息,该RRC消息中包括用于指示时间单元格式配置信息组的配置信息,例如,指示了第一时间单元格式配置信息组的信息(如以列表或表格的形式指示表1)、第二时间单元格式配置信息组的信息(如以列表或表格的形式指示表2)、和第三时间单元格式配置信息组的信息(如以列表或表格的形式指示表3)共3个时间单元格式配置信息组的信息,且指示了每个时间单元格式配置信息组对应的标识。当终端设备接收到该RRC消息后,网络设备可以在时间单元n中发送该指示信息,指示信息通过指示其中至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组以及其中的时间单元格式配置信息,通知终端设备时间单元n+i开始的N个时间单元的格式,即该N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,但本申请不限于此。For another example, the network device sends a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message to the terminal device, where the RRC message includes configuration information for indicating the time unit format configuration information group, for example, indicating the first time unit format configuration information. Group information (such as indicating Table 1 in the form of a list or table), information of the second time unit format configuration information group (such as indicating Table 2 in the form of a list or table), and information of the third time unit format configuration information group (For example, Table 3 is indicated in the form of a list or table) information of three time unit format configuration information groups in total, and indicates the identifier corresponding to each time unit format configuration information group. After the terminal device receives the RRC message, the network device may send the indication information in the time unit n, and the indication information notifies the terminal device of the time unit by indicating at least one of the time unit format configuration information groups and the time unit format configuration information therein. The format of N time units starting from n+i, that is, one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units, but the present application is not limited thereto.
作为示例非限定,该指示信息是该终端设备的专用信息。可选地,该指示信息可以是媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)和/或下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。例如,该DCI是由该终端设备专用(或特定)的标识,如无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier,RNTI),加扰的。例如,该MAC CE承载在由该终端设备专用的DCI调度的下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)上。As an example and not limitation, the indication information is dedicated information of the terminal device. Optionally, the indication information may be a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) and/or downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI). For example, the DCI is scrambled by a dedicated (or specific) identifier of the terminal device, such as a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI). For example, the MAC CE is carried on a downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) scheduled by a DCI dedicated to the terminal device.
或者,该指示信息是多个终端设备共享或公共的信息,该指示信息可以MAC CE。例如,该MAC CE承载在由公共DCI调度的PDSCH上。其中,公共DCI可以是由多个终端设备公共的标识,如RNTI,加扰的。Or, the indication information is information shared or common by multiple terminal devices, and the indication information may be MAC CE. For example, the MAC CE is carried on the PDSCH scheduled by the common DCI. The common DCI may be scrambled by a common identifier of multiple terminal devices, such as RNTI.
例如,指示信息为MAC CE,该指示信息可以如图3所示,包括2个字节,其中,字节0中包括3比特的指示域A1,用于指示系统预设或网络配置的时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个,字节0中还包括5比特的指示域B1,用于指示指示域A1指示的时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个或多个时间单元格式配置信息,字节1中包括3比特的指示域A2,用于指示系统预设或网络配置的时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个,字节1中还包括5比特的指示域B2,用于指示指示域A2指示的时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个或多个时间单元格式配置信息,但本申请不限于此。For example, the indication information is MAC CE, and the indication information may be as shown in Figure 3, including 2 bytes, wherein, byte 0 includes a 3-bit indication field A1, which is used to indicate the system preset or network configuration time unit One of the format configuration information groups, byte 0 also includes a 5-bit indication field B1, used to indicate one or more time unit format configuration information in the time unit format configuration information group indicated by the indication field A1, byte 1 It includes a 3-bit indication field A2, which is used to indicate one of the time unit format configuration information groups preset by the system or network configuration, and a 5-bit indication field B2 is also included in byte 1, which is used to indicate that the indication field A2 indicates. One or more time unit format configuration information in the time unit format configuration information group, but the present application is not limited to this.
再例如,指示信息为MAC CE,该指示信息可以如图4所示,包括3个字节,其中, 字节0中包括3比特的指示域A1,用于指示系统预设或网络配置的时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个,例如第三时间单元格式配置信息组,字节0中还包括指示域B1,用于指示该第三时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个或多个时间单元格式配置信息,例如,第三时间单元格式配置信息组中可以包括16个第三时间单元格式配置信息,则该指示域B1包括字节0中的比特3至比特6的4比特,该字节的最后一个比特为预留比特。字节1中包括3比特的指示域A2,用于指示系统预设或网络配置的时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个,例如第一时间单元格式配置信息组,例如,该第一时间单元格式信息组中包括512个第一时间单元格式信息,则该第二字节(字节1)的剩余5比特与第三字节(字节0)的4比特共9比特作为指示域B2,用于指示该第一时间单元格式配置信息组中的一个时间单元格式配置信息,该第三字节的剩余5比特为保留比特,但本申请不限于此。For another example, the indication information is MAC CE, and the indication information may be as shown in Figure 4, including 3 bytes, wherein, byte 0 includes a 3-bit indication field A1, which is used to indicate the time of system preset or network configuration One of the unit format configuration information groups, such as the third time unit format configuration information group, byte 0 also includes an indication field B1 for indicating one or more time unit formats in the third time unit format configuration information group Configuration information, for example, the third time unit format configuration information group may include 16 third time unit format configuration information, then the indication field B1 includes 4 bits from bit 3 to bit 6 in byte 0. The last bit is reserved. Byte 1 includes a 3-bit indication field A2, which is used to indicate one of the time unit format configuration information groups preset by the system or network configuration, such as the first time unit format configuration information group, for example, the first time unit format The information group includes 512 first time unit format information, then the remaining 5 bits of the second byte (byte 1) and the 4 bits of the third byte (byte 0) have a total of 9 bits as the indication field B2. For indicating a time unit format configuration information in the first time unit format configuration information group, the remaining 5 bits of the third byte are reserved bits, but the present application is not limited thereto.
再例如,该指示信息可以是该终端设备专用的DCI,如该DCI的格式为DCI格式0_1、DCI格式0_0、DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_0等。该DCI可以在终端设备专用搜索空间(UE specific search space)中被传输。和/或该DCI通过终端设备专用无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identify,RNTI)加扰,但本申请不限于此。For another example, the indication information may be a DCI dedicated to the terminal device, for example, the format of the DCI is DCI format 0_1, DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_1, or DCI format 1_0. The DCI may be transmitted in a UE specific search space. And/or the DCI is scrambled by a terminal device-specific wireless network temporary identification (radio network temporary identification, RNTI), but the present application is not limited to this.
可选地,该指示信息中还可以包括指示域C,该指示域C用于指示该指示信息的适用范围。Optionally, the indication information may further include an indication field C, where the indication field C is used to indicate the applicable scope of the indication information.
例如,该指示域C包括1比特,该指示域C指示“0”时表示该指示信息指示的N个时间单元的格式应用于时间单元n+i开始的N个时间单元。该指示域C指示“1”时表示若在该指示信息之前,网络设备已配置了时间单元n+i开始时间单元的格式,则该指示信息用于指示该N个时间单元中被预先配置为灵活资源的时间单元的格式或未被配置格式的时间单元的格式,或者指示该N个时间单元中未被配置格式的时间单元。如图5所示,指示信息指示了10个时间单元的格式,而网络设备预先为终端设备配置了该10个时间单元的格式,若该指示信息中的指示域C指示“1”,则表示该指示信息用于指示该10个时间单元中被预先配置为灵活资源的时间单元2至时间单元6的格式,或者说该指示信息将该10个时间单元中被预先配置灵活资源的时间单元2至时间单元6的格式改写为上行资源。该10个时间单元中的其他时间单元保持预先配置的格式。若该指示域C指示“0”,则表示无论是否存在预先配置的格式,该10个时间单元应用该指示信息指示的格式,即均为上行资源,但本申请不限于此。For example, the indication field C includes 1 bit, and when the indication field C indicates "0", it indicates that the format of N time units indicated by the indication information is applied to N time units starting from time unit n+i. When the indication field C indicates "1", it means that if the network device has configured the format of the time unit n+i starting time unit before the indication information, the indication information is used to indicate that the N time units are pre-configured as The format of the time unit of the flexible resource or the format of the time unit of the unconfigured format, or indicating the time unit of the unconfigured format among the N time units. As shown in Figure 5, the indication information indicates the format of 10 time units, and the network device pre-configures the format of the 10 time units for the terminal device. If the indication field C in the indication information indicates "1", it means that The indication information is used to indicate the format of time unit 2 to time unit 6 that are pre-configured as flexible resources in the 10 time units, or the indication information is used to indicate the time unit 2 of the 10 time units that are pre-configured with flexible resources. The format up to time unit 6 is rewritten as uplink resources. The other time units of the 10 time units maintain the preconfigured format. If the indication field C indicates "0", it means that regardless of whether there is a pre-configured format, the 10 time units apply the format indicated by the indication information, that is, they are all uplink resources, but the present application is not limited to this.
可选地,网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置多个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源。Optionally, the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure each time unit in the multiple time units as an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource.
一种实施方式中,终端设备根据该指示信息,确定该多个时间单元中的灵活资源与该N个时间单元中重叠的资源包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种。In an embodiment, the terminal device determines one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the flexible resources in the multiple time units and the overlapping resources in the N time units according to the indication information .
也就是说,终端设备接收第一配置信息后确定多个时间单元的格式,当终端设备接收到该指示信息,确定指示信息指示的N格式时间单元与该多个时间单元有重叠,则该指示信息只能够改写该多个时间单元中的灵活资源与该N个时间单元重叠的资源的格式。或者说,终端设备不期望指示信息改写第一配置信息指示为上行资源或下行资源的时间单元或子时间单元的格式。例如第一配置信息配置了多个时间单元中的一个时间单元为灵活资源,指示信息指示该时间单元为下行资源或上行资源,终端设备接收到该指示信息后根据指示信息确定该时间单元的格式。再例如,第一配置信息配置一个时间单元为上行资源,指示 信息指示该时间单元中的符号为下行资源或灵活资源,终端设备接收到该指示信息后,仍然遵循第一配置信息配置将该时间单元作为上行资源。That is to say, the terminal device determines the format of multiple time units after receiving the first configuration information. When the terminal device receives the indication information and determines that the N-format time unit indicated by the indication information overlaps with the multiple time units, the indication The information can only rewrite the format of the resource in which the flexible resources in the multiple time units overlap with the N time units. In other words, the terminal device does not expect the indication information to rewrite the format of the time unit or sub-time unit indicated by the first configuration information as the uplink resource or the downlink resource. For example, the first configuration information configures one time unit among the multiple time units as a flexible resource, the indication information indicates that the time unit is a downlink resource or an uplink resource, and the terminal device determines the format of the time unit according to the indication information after receiving the indication information . For another example, the first configuration information configures a time unit as an uplink resource, and the indication information indicates that the symbols in the time unit are downlink resources or flexible resources. After receiving the indication information, the terminal device still configures the time unit according to the first configuration information. unit as an uplink resource.
另一种实施方式中,若指示信息指示的N个时间单元与第一配置信息配置配置格式的多个时间单元有重叠,终端设备根据该指示信息确定该N时间单元的格式。In another embodiment, if the N time units indicated by the indication information overlap with multiple time units in the configuration format of the first configuration information, the terminal device determines the format of the N time units according to the indication information.
也就是说,第一配置信息配置了多个时间单元的格式,若终端设备接收到指示信息后,确定指示信息指示的N个时间单元与该多个时间单元有重叠,则该重叠部分的格式根据指示信息的指示确定。That is to say, the first configuration information configures the format of multiple time units. If after receiving the indication information, the terminal device determines that the N time units indicated by the indication information overlap with the multiple time units, the format of the overlapped part is Determined according to the indication of the indication information.
可选地,指示信息包括第一指示域,该第一指示域用于指示该指示信息是否能够改写第一配置信息配置的上行资源或下行资源。Optionally, the indication information includes a first indication field, where the first indication field is used to indicate whether the indication information can rewrite the uplink resources or downlink resources configured by the first configuration information.
例如,该第一指示域包括1比特,当该第一指示域指示“1”时,表示该指示信息能够改写第一配置信息配置的上行资源或下行资源,终端设备接收到第一指示域指示“1”的指示信息后,根据指示信息确定该指示信息指示的N个时间单元的格式。当该第一指示域指示“0”时,表示该指示信息不能改写第一配置信息配置的上行资源或下行资源,若该指示信息指示的N个时间单元与第一配置信息配置格式的多个时间单元有重叠,当该重叠资源包括灵活资源时,该重叠资源中灵活资源的格式能够被指示信息改写,当该重叠资源中包括上行资源或下行资源时,则指示信息不能够改写该重叠资源中包括的上行资源和下行资源,但本申请不限于此。For example, the first indication field includes 1 bit, and when the first indication field indicates "1", it indicates that the indication information can rewrite the uplink resource or downlink resource configured by the first configuration information, and the terminal device receives the indication of the first indication field After the indication information of "1", the format of the N time units indicated by the indication information is determined according to the indication information. When the first indication field indicates "0", it means that the indication information cannot rewrite the uplink resources or downlink resources configured by the first configuration information. The time units overlap. When the overlapping resources include flexible resources, the format of the flexible resources in the overlapping resources can be rewritten by the indication information. When the overlapping resources include uplink resources or downlink resources, the indication information cannot rewrite the overlapping resources. The uplink resources and downlink resources included in , but this application is not limited to this.
S220,终端设备根据该指示信息,确定该N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源。S220, the terminal device determines one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units according to the indication information.
终端设备在S210中接收到该指示信息后,根据该指示信息,确定该指示信息指示的N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源。即确定该指示信息指示的N个时间单元的格式。After receiving the indication information in S210, the terminal device determines one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units indicated by the indication information according to the indication information. That is, the format of the N time units indicated by the indication information is determined.
根据上述方案,网络设备通过指示信息通知终端设备,至少一个时间单元格式配置信息指示的N个时间单元的中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,终端设备通过指示信息明确该N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源。能够使得终端设备与网络设备之间对该N个时间单元的格式达成共识,并根据该N个时间单元的格式进行接收和发送行为,能够提高通信的可靠性。According to the above solution, the network device notifies the terminal device through the indication information that one or more of the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units indicated by the at least one time unit format configuration information, the terminal device uses The indication information specifies one or more resources among uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units. The terminal device and the network device can reach a consensus on the format of the N time units, and perform receiving and sending behaviors according to the format of the N time units, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
本申请提供的无线通信方法还包括网络设备可以通过MAC CE和/或DCI直接指示时间单元的格式。The wireless communication method provided by the present application further includes that the network device can directly indicate the format of the time unit through MAC CE and/or DCI.
例如,规定MAC CE和/或DCI中每w个比特用于指示一个时间单元的格式,如w=2,与一个时间单元对应的2个比特指示“00”表示该时间单元为上行资源、指示“01”表示该时间单元为下行资源、指示“10”表示该时间单元为灵活资源,但本申请不限于此。该方法能够使终端设备与网络设备通过MAC CE和/或DCI对事件单元的格式达成共识,提高通信的可靠性。For example, it is specified that every w bits in the MAC CE and/or DCI are used to indicate the format of one time unit, such as w=2, the 2 bits corresponding to one time unit indicate "00", indicating that the time unit is an uplink resource, indicating "01" indicates that the time unit is a downlink resource, and an indication of "10" indicates that the time unit is a flexible resource, but the present application is not limited to this. The method enables the terminal device and the network device to reach a consensus on the format of the event unit through MAC CE and/or DCI, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
图6是本申请实施例提供的无线通信方法600的一个示意性流程图。图6所示的无线通信方法可以由网络设备执行,也可以由终端设备执行。下面以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行说明。网络设备执行相对应的行为,例如,终端设备在根据图6所示的方法确定的资源上,向网络设备发送相应的信息,网络设备可以在根据图6所示的方法确定的该资源上,接收来自终端设备的与该资源相应的信息。或者由网络设备向终端设备发送与该资源 相应的信息,终端设备在该资源接收来自网络设备的与该资源相应的信息。网络设备执行图6所示的无线通信方法可以参考以下对终端设备的描述,为了简要,不再赘述。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The wireless communication method shown in FIG. 6 may be performed by a network device or by a terminal device. The following description is given by taking the method being executed by a terminal device as an example. The network device performs the corresponding behavior, for example, the terminal device sends corresponding information to the network device on the resource determined according to the method shown in FIG. Information corresponding to the resource is received from the terminal device. Alternatively, the network device sends the information corresponding to the resource to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the information corresponding to the resource from the network device at the resource. For the network device to perform the wireless communication method shown in FIG. 6 , reference may be made to the following description of the terminal device, which will not be repeated for brevity.
S610,终端设备确定第一资源和第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,第一资源用于承载第一信息,第二资源用于承载第二信息。S610: The terminal device determines that the first resource and the second resource overlap at the third resource location, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information.
网络设备可以为终端设备配置用于承载第一信息的第一资源,以及用于承载第二信息的第二资源。第一资源和/或第二资源可以是周期性资源、也可以是半静态(semi-static)资源(或者称为说半持续(semi-persistent)资源),其中,半静态资源是指在一段时间内周期性出现的资源。The network device may configure the terminal device with a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information. The first resource and/or the second resource may be a periodic resource or a semi-static resource (or called a semi-persistent resource), wherein the semi-static resource refers to a period of time. A resource that occurs periodically over time.
作为示例非限定,第一资源或第二资源为以下资源中的一种资源:As an example and not limitation, the first resource or the second resource is one of the following resources:
配置授权(configure grant,CG)物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的资源、探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)的资源、物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)的资源、物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)的资源、搜索空间(search space)、半静态信道状态参考信号(semi-persistent channel state information-reference signal,SP-CSI-RS)的资源和半持续调度下行共享信道(semi-persistent scheduling-physical downlink shared channel,SPS-PDSCH)的资源。Configure grant (CG) resources for physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), sounding reference signal (SRS) resources, and physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources , physical random access channel (PRACH) resources, search space (search space), semi-persistent channel state information-reference signal (SP-CSI-RS) resources and Semi-persistent scheduling-physical downlink shared channel (SPS-PDSCH) resources.
或者说,第一信息或第二信息为以下信息中的一种信息:In other words, the first information or the second information is one of the following information:
CG上行数据、SRS、上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)、随机接入信号、DCI、SP-CSI-RS和SPS下行数据。CG uplink data, SRS, uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI), random access signal, DCI, SP-CSI-RS and SPS downlink data.
例如图7所示,第一资源是以6个时间单元为周期的周期性资源,第二资源是以4个时间单元为周期的周期性资源,第一资源和第二资源在第一时间单元中重叠,重叠部分为第三资源。或者说,第一资源和第二资源在第一时间单元内的第三资源位置重叠,但本申请不限于此。由于第一资源和第二资源重叠,因此,对于非全双工频分双工(FD-HDD)的终端,只能够在一个资源上发送或接收相应的信息,网络设备和终端设备需要确定具体发送或接收第一信息还是第二信息。For example, as shown in FIG. 7 , the first resource is a periodic resource with a period of 6 time units, the second resource is a periodic resource with a period of 4 time units, and the first resource and the second resource are in the first time unit. The overlapped part is the third resource. In other words, the first resource and the second resource overlap in the third resource position within the first time unit, but the present application is not limited to this. Since the first resource and the second resource overlap, a terminal that is not full-duplex frequency division duplex (FD-HDD) can only send or receive corresponding information on one resource. The network device and the terminal device need to determine the specific information. Whether the first information or the second information is sent or received.
S620,终端设备确定第一资源的优先级高于第二资源的优先级,在第一资源上发送或接收第一信息。S620: The terminal device determines that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and sends or receives the first information on the first resource.
还可以描述为,终端设备确定第一资源的优先级高于第二资源的优先级,在第三资源上发送或接收第一信息。It can also be described that the terminal device determines that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and sends or receives the first information on the third resource.
相应地,网络设备确定第一资源的优先级高于第二资源的优先级,在第一资源上接收或发送第一信息。例如,若第一信息为上行信息,则第一资源为上行资源,终端设备在该第一资源上发送该第一信息,网络设备在该第一资源上接收该第一信息。若第一信息为下行信息,则第一资源为下行资源,网络设备在该第一资源上发送该第一信息,终端设备在该第一资源上接收该第一信息。Correspondingly, the network device determines that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and receives or sends the first information on the first resource. For example, if the first information is uplink information, the first resource is an uplink resource, the terminal device sends the first information on the first resource, and the network device receives the first information on the first resource. If the first information is downlink information, the first resource is a downlink resource, the network device sends the first information on the first resource, and the terminal device receives the first information on the first resource.
一种实施方式中,网络设备向终端设备发送第二配置信息和第三配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置第一资源的优先级,该第三配置信息用于配置第二资源的优先级。相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的该第二配置信息和该第三配置信息。In an implementation manner, the network device sends second configuration information and third configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the priority of the first resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource. class. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second configuration information and the third configuration information from the network device.
终端设备可以根据该第二配置信息和第三配置信息确定第一资源的优先级高于第二资源的优先级。也就是说,终端设备比较第一资源的优先级和第二资源的优先级,并在优 先级高的资源上发送或接收与该高优先级资源对应的信息。The terminal device may determine, according to the second configuration information and the third configuration information, that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource. That is, the terminal device compares the priority of the first resource with the priority of the second resource, and sends or receives information corresponding to the high-priority resource on the resource with the higher priority.
例如,该第一资源为CG PUSCH,该第二配置信息可以是配置授权配置信息,可以写作ConfiguredGrantConfig,配置授权配置信息中包括该CG PUSCH的优先级参数,或者说是CG上行数据的优先级参数,该优先级参数可以写作Priority,该参数可以是枚举型参数,网络设备可以在优先级{I,II,III,IV}中选择一种,配置为该CG PUSCH或CG上行数据的优先级。例如,该配置授权配置信息中的优先级参数可以如下,但本申请不限于此。For example, the first resource is CG PUSCH, the second configuration information may be configuration authorization configuration information, which can be written as ConfiguredGrantConfig, and the configuration authorization configuration information includes the priority parameter of the CG PUSCH, or the priority parameter of the CG uplink data , the priority parameter can be written as Priority, the parameter can be an enumeration parameter, the network device can choose one of the priorities {I, II, III, IV}, and configure it as the priority of the CG PUSCH or CG uplink data . For example, the priority parameter in the configuration authorization configuration information may be as follows, but the present application is not limited thereto.
ConfiguredGrantConfig::=SEQUENCE{ConfiguredGrantConfig::=SEQUENCE{
Priority ENUMERATED{I,II,III,IV}Priority ENUMERATED{I,II,III,IV}
}}
该第二资源可以是搜索空间,该第三配置信息可以是搜索空间配置信息,可以写作SearchSpace,搜索空间配置信息中包括该搜索空间的优先级参数,或者说是承载在该搜索空间的DCI的优先级参数,该优先级参数可以写作Priority,该参数可以是枚举型参数,网络设备可以在优先级{I,II,III,IV}中选择一种,配置为该搜索空间或DCI的优先级。例如,该搜索空间配置信息中的优先级参数可以如下,但本申请不限于此。The second resource may be a search space, and the third configuration information may be search space configuration information, which may be written as SearchSpace. The search space configuration information includes the priority parameter of the search space, or the DCI carried in the search space. Priority parameter, the priority parameter can be written as Priority, this parameter can be an enumeration parameter, the network device can choose one of the priority {I, II, III, IV}, and configure it as the priority of the search space or DCI class. For example, the priority parameter in the search space configuration information may be as follows, but the present application is not limited thereto.
SearchSpace::=SEQUENCE{SearchSpace::=SEQUENCE{
Priority ENUMERATED{I,II,III,IV}Priority ENUMERATED{I,II,III,IV}
}}
例如,网络设备通过配置授权配置信息配置CG PUSCH(即第一资源的一个示例)的优先级为I,通过搜索空间配置信息配置搜索空间(即第二资源的一个示例)的优先级为III,并分别通过第二配置信息和第三配置信息通知终端设备。当终端设备需要在该CG PUSCH上发送上行数据,且该CG PUSCH和搜索空间在第一时间单元内的第三资源位置发生重叠时,网络设备和终端设备比较CG PUSCH和搜索空间的优先级,例如优先级数值越大表示优先级越高,网路设备和终端设备可以确定CG PUSCH的优先级I高于搜索空间的优先级III。终端设备在CG PUSCH上向网络设备发送上行数据,不接收该搜索空间中的DCI,网络设备在该CG PUSCH接收来自终端设备的上行数据,不再该搜索空间发送该终端设备的DCI,但本申请不限于此。For example, the network device configures the priority of the CG PUSCH (that is, an example of the first resource) by configuring the authorization configuration information to be I, and configures the priority of the search space (that is, an example of the second resource) by configuring the search space configuration information to be III. and notify the terminal device through the second configuration information and the third configuration information respectively. When the terminal device needs to send uplink data on the CG PUSCH, and the CG PUSCH and the search space overlap at the third resource position in the first time unit, the network device and the terminal device compare the priorities of the CG PUSCH and the search space, For example, the larger the priority value, the higher the priority. The network device and the terminal device can determine that the priority I of the CG PUSCH is higher than the priority III of the search space. The terminal device sends uplink data to the network device on the CG PUSCH, and does not receive the DCI in the search space. The network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device on the CG PUSCH, and no longer sends the DCI of the terminal device in the search space, but this The application is not limited to this.
可选地,该第一资源中包括至少一个第一子资源,其中,不同第一子资源的以下信息中的至少一项不同:频率、时间、所述第一信息的类型和所述第一资源的类型,该至少一个第一子资源中的每个该第一子资源对应一个优先级,该第二资源中包括至少一个第二子资源,其中,不同第二子资源的以下信息中的至少一项不同:频率、时间、所述第二信息的类型和所述第二资源的类型,该至少一个第二子资源中的每个该第二子资源对应一个优先级。终端设备具体确定该第三资源对应的第一子资源的优先级高于该第三资源对应的该第二子资源的优先级,在该第一资源上发送该第一信息。Optionally, the first resource includes at least one first sub-resource, wherein at least one of the following information of different first sub-resources is different: frequency, time, type of the first information and the first sub-resource The type of resource, each of the first sub-resources in the at least one first sub-resource corresponds to a priority, the second resource includes at least one second sub-resource, wherein the following information of different second sub-resources is At least one item is different: frequency, time, type of the second information, and type of the second resource, and each of the second sub-resources in the at least one second sub-resource corresponds to a priority. The terminal device specifically determines that the priority of the first sub-resource corresponding to the third resource is higher than the priority of the second sub-resource corresponding to the third resource, and sends the first information on the first resource.
也就是说,网络设备根据频率、时间、该第一信息的类型和/或该第一资源的类型将第一资源划分为至少一个第一子资源,以及根据频率、时间、该第二信息的类型和/或该 第二资源的类型将第二资源划分为至少一个第二子资源,并通知终端设备。第二配置信息中具体配置了每个第一子资源的优先级和每个第一子资源的信息,第三配置信息中配置了每个第二子资源的优先级和每个第二子资源的信息。在第一资源与第二资源在第三资源位置重叠的情况下,终端设备比较第三资源对饮的第一子资源的优先级和第三资源对应的第二子资源的优先级,在优先级较高的资源上发送或接收与该资源对应的信息。That is, the network device divides the first resource into at least one first sub-resource according to frequency, time, the type of the first information and/or the type of the first resource, and divides the first resource into at least one first sub-resource according to frequency, time, and the type of the second information. The type and/or the type of the second resource divides the second resource into at least one second sub-resource, and informs the terminal device. The second configuration information specifically configures the priority of each first sub-resource and the information of each first sub-resource, and the third configuration information configures the priority of each second sub-resource and each second sub-resource Information. In the case where the first resource and the second resource overlap at the third resource position, the terminal device compares the priority of the third resource to the first sub-resource with the priority of the second sub-resource corresponding to the third resource, and the priority is The information corresponding to the resource is sent or received on the higher-level resource.
例如,网络设备可以为终端设备配置CG PUSCH中,处于第一频率位置的资源为第一CG信道的资源,优先级为II;处于第二频率位置的资源为第二子CG信道的资源,优先级为III。以及,网络设备还可以配置搜索空间中,公共搜索空间(common search space,CSS)为第一子搜索空间,优先级为I;用于检测终端设备专用DCI(例如通过小区RNTI(cell-RNTI,C-RNTI)加扰的DCI等)的UE专用搜索空间(UE specific search space,USS)为第二子搜索空间,优先级为II;用于检测DCI格式0_1、DCI格式1_1的DCI的USS为第三子搜索空间,优先级为III。当终端设备需要发送上行数据的CG PUSCH与搜索空间在第三资源重叠时,如终端设备确定与该第三资源对应的子CG信道为第二子CG信道,优先级为III,与该第三资源对应的子搜索空间为第二子搜索空间USS,优先级为II,该第二子搜索空间(即第一子资源的一个示例)的优先级高于该第二子CG信道(即第二子资源的一个示例)的优先级,终端设备确定在第二子搜索空间上检测DCI。网络设备采用相同的方法确定,在该第二子搜索空间优先级高于第二子CG信道,但本申请不限于此。For example, in the CG PUSCH configured by the network device for the terminal device, the resources at the first frequency position are the resources of the first CG channel, and the priority is II; the resources at the second frequency position are the resources of the second sub-CG channel, and the priority is II. Class is III. And, the network device can also configure the search space, the common search space (common search space, CSS) is the first sub-search space, and the priority is 1; it is used to detect the terminal equipment-specific DCI (for example, through the cell-RNTI (cell-RNTI, The UE-specific search space (UE-specific search space, USS) of C-RNTI) scrambled DCI, etc.) is the second sub-search space with a priority of II; the USS used to detect DCI in DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is The third sub-search space, the priority is III. When the terminal device needs to send the CG PUSCH of uplink data and the search space overlaps in the third resource, if the terminal device determines that the sub-CG channel corresponding to the third resource is the second sub-CG channel, the priority is III, and the third resource is the same as the third sub-CG channel. The sub-search space corresponding to the resource is the second sub-search space USS, the priority is II, and the priority of the second sub-search space (ie, an example of the first sub-resource) is higher than that of the second sub-CG channel (ie the second sub-CG channel). an example of a sub-resource), the terminal device determines to detect DCI on the second sub-search space. The network device uses the same method to determine that the priority in the second sub-search space is higher than that of the second sub-CG channel, but the present application is not limited to this.
另一种实施方式,由协议规定半静态资源和/或周期性资源的优先级。In another embodiment, the priority of semi-static resources and/or periodic resources is specified by the protocol.
例如,由协议规定CG PUSCH的优先级高于第一搜索空间,若CG PUSCH与第一子搜索空间重叠,终端设备可以在CG PUSCH上发送上行数据,不在第一子搜索空间检测DCI。协议还可以规定第三子搜索空间的优先级高于CG PUSCH,第三子搜索空间与CG PUSCH重叠的情况下,终端设备在第三子搜索空间接收并检测DCI,不在CG PUSCH上发送上行数据。或者协议规定各个半静态资源和/或周期性资源的优先级取值,网络设备和终端设备可以比较冲突资源优先级的大小,确定在优先级高的资源上发送或接收相应的信息,但本申请不限于此。可选地,当协议规定的优先级相同的两个资源在重叠时,可以进一步根据之前的业务情况确定该两个资源的优先级,或者说,可以进一步根据之前的业务情况确定具体在该两个资源的其中一个资源上发送相应的信息。For example, the protocol stipulates that the priority of the CG PUSCH is higher than the first search space. If the CG PUSCH overlaps with the first sub-search space, the terminal device can send uplink data on the CG PUSCH without detecting DCI in the first sub-search space. The protocol can also specify that the priority of the third sub-search space is higher than that of the CG PUSCH. When the third sub-search space overlaps with the CG PUSCH, the terminal device receives and detects DCI in the third sub-search space, and does not send uplink data on the CG PUSCH. . Or the protocol specifies the priority value of each semi-static resource and/or periodic resource. The network device and the terminal device can compare the priority of the conflicting resource and determine to send or receive the corresponding information on the resource with high priority. The application is not limited to this. Optionally, when two resources with the same priority specified in the protocol overlap, the priority of the two resources may be further determined according to the previous business situation, or in other words, the specific priority of the two resources may be further determined according to the previous business situation. The corresponding information is sent on one of the resources.
可选地,第一资源和第二资源为第一时间单元中的资源,该第一资源为上行资源,该第二资源为下行资源,该第一信息为上行信息,该第二信息为下行信息,该第一时间单元之前的第Q个时间单元包括上行资源,且承载了上行信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级;或者,该第一时间单元之前的第Q个时间单元包括下行资源,且未承载下行信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,或者,Optionally, the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit, the first resource is an uplink resource, the second resource is a downlink resource, the first information is uplink information, and the second information is downlink information, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes uplink resources and carries uplink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, before the first time unit The Qth time unit of , includes downlink resources and does not carry downlink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, or,
该第一资源为下行资源,该第二资源为下行资源,该第一信息为下行信息,该第二信息为上行信息,该第一时间单元之前的第Q个时间单元包括上行资源,且未承载上行信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级;或者,该第一时间单元之前的第Q个时间单元包括下行资源,且承载了下行信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,其中,Q为正整数。终端设备和网络设备以资源发生重叠的第一时间单元之前的第Q个时间单元作为参考,根据第Q个时间单元中的资源类型(上行资源或下行资源) 确定第一资源与第二资源的优先级。主要考虑是否有足够的时间进行上下行切换(或者说发送和接收之间的切换)。The first resource is a downlink resource, the second resource is a downlink resource, the first information is downlink information, the second information is uplink information, and the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes uplink resources, and is not Bearing uplink information, it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes downlink resources and carries downlink information, and it is determined that the first time unit The priority of the resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, wherein Q is a positive integer. The terminal device and the network device use the Qth time unit before the first time unit in which the resources overlap as a reference, and determine the difference between the first resource and the second resource according to the resource type (uplink resource or downlink resource) in the Qth time unit. priority. The main consideration is whether there is enough time for uplink and downlink switching (or switching between transmission and reception).
可选地,Q个时间单元的时间长度大于或等于第一时间间隔,该第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔。Optionally, the time length of the Q time units is greater than or equal to a first time interval, where the first time interval is a time interval for switching from a receiving state to a sending state or a time interval from a sending state to a receiving state.
例如,Q=2,也就是说终端设备需要2个时间单元进行收发状态的切换,若网络设备配置的CG PUSCH和搜索空间在第一时间单元重叠,如图8所示,则终端设备和网络设备确定该第一时间单元之前的第2个时间单元中的资源承载了上行信息,说明终端设备没有足够的2个时间单元的时间,切换至接收状态在第一时间单元中接收并检测DCI,因此,终端设备可以在第一时间单元中的CG PUSCH上发送上行数据。或者,若该时间单元中的资源未承载下行信息,则终端设备有2个时间单元的时间,由接收状态切换至发送状态,因此终端设备在第一时间单元中的CG PUSCH上发送上行数据,而不在该第一时间单元中的该搜索空间内检测DCI。相应地,网络设备在第一时间单元中的CG PUSCH资源上接收来自终端设备的上行数据,而不在该第一时间单元中的该搜索空间内向该终端设备发送该DCI。若第一时间单元之前的第2个时间单元中的资源承载了下行信息,终端设备在该第一时间单元内的搜索空间检测DCI,而不在该第一时间单元内的CG PUSCH上发送上行数据。若第一时间单元之前的第2个时间单元包括中的资源未承载上行信息,终端设备在该第一时间单元内的搜索空间检测DCI,而不在该第一时间单元内的CG PUSCH上发送上行数据。网络设备在该第一时间单元内的搜索空间可以向终端设备发送DCI,而不在该第一时间单元内的CG PUSCH上接收来自终端设备的上行数据,但本申请不限于此。For example, Q=2, that is to say, the terminal device needs two time units to switch the sending and receiving state. If the CG PUSCH and the search space configured by the network device overlap in the first time unit, as shown in Figure 8, the terminal device and the network The device determines that the resource in the second time unit before the first time unit carries the uplink information, indicating that the terminal device does not have enough time for 2 time units, and switches to the receiving state to receive and detect DCI in the first time unit, Therefore, the terminal device can send uplink data on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit. Or, if the resource in the time unit does not carry downlink information, the terminal device has 2 time units and switches from the receiving state to the sending state, so the terminal device sends the uplink data on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit, DCI is not detected within the search space in the first time unit. Correspondingly, the network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device on the CG PUSCH resource in the first time unit, but does not send the DCI to the terminal device in the search space in the first time unit. If the resources in the second time unit before the first time unit carry downlink information, the terminal device detects DCI in the search space in the first time unit, and does not send uplink data on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit . If the resources included in the second time unit before the first time unit do not carry uplink information, the terminal device detects DCI in the search space in the first time unit, and does not send uplink information on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit data. The network device may send DCI to the terminal device in the search space in the first time unit, but not receive uplink data from the terminal device on the CG PUSCH in the first time unit, but the present application is not limited to this.
可选地,该第一时间单元之前的第R个时间单元与之前的第Q个时间单元之间的至少T个资源承载了该第一信息,确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级,其中,R为大于或等于Q的整数,Q、T为大于0的整数。Optionally, at least T resources between the Rth time unit before the first time unit and the Qth time unit before the first time unit carry the first information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the first resource. Two priorities of resources, where R is an integer greater than or equal to Q, and Q and T are integers greater than 0.
例如图9所示,PUCCH和搜索空间在第一时间单元内重叠,如Q=3,R=6,T=2。终端设备和网络设备判断在第一时间单元之前的第6个时间单元与第3个时间单元之间的4个时间单元中是否包括至少两个资源承载了UCI,若如图9所示包括至少两个资源承载了UCI,则终端设备可以在该第一时间单元中的PUCCH上发送UCI,网络设备在该PUCCH上接收监测来自终端设备的UCI。若不满足至少两个资源承载了UCI,则网络设备可以在该第一时间单元中的搜索空间内向该终端设备发送DCI,终端设备在该第一时间单元中的搜索空间内接收并检测DCI。若在第一时间单元之前的第6个时间单元与第3个时间单元之间的4个时间单元中包括至少两个资源承载了DCI,则网络设备可以在该第一时间单元中的搜索空间内向该终端设备发送DCI,终端设备在该第一时间单元中的搜索空间内接收并检测DCI。若不满足至少两个资源承载了DCI,则终端设备可以在该第一时间单元中的PUCCH上发送UCI,网络设备在该PUCCH上接收并检测来自终端设备的UCI。可选地,若该4个时间单元内既有至少两个资源承载了DCI又有至少两个资源承载了UCI,则可以根据至少两个承载了DCI的资源的个数和至少两个承载了UCI资源的个数,确定PUCCH和搜索空间的优先级。如4个时间单元中包括2个承载了DCI的资源,3个承载了UCI的资源,则第一时间单元中的PUCCH的优先级高于搜索空间的优先级,终端设备可以在该PUCCH上发送UCI,而不在该搜索空间接收DCI,但本申请不限于此。For example, as shown in FIG. 9 , the PUCCH and the search space overlap in the first time unit, such as Q=3, R=6, T=2. The terminal device and the network device determine whether the four time units between the sixth time unit and the third time unit before the first time unit include at least two resources that carry UCI, if as shown in FIG. 9 at least two resources are included. If the two resources carry the UCI, the terminal device can send the UCI on the PUCCH in the first time unit, and the network device receives and monitors the UCI from the terminal device on the PUCCH. If it is not satisfied that at least two resources carry UCI, the network device may send DCI to the terminal device in the search space in the first time unit, and the terminal device receives and detects DCI in the search space in the first time unit. If the four time units between the sixth time unit before the first time unit and the third time unit include at least two resources that carry DCI, the network device may search the space in the first time unit The DCI is sent internally to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives and detects the DCI in the search space in the first time unit. If it is not satisfied that at least two resources carry DCI, the terminal device may send the UCI on the PUCCH in the first time unit, and the network device receives and detects the UCI from the terminal device on the PUCCH. Optionally, if both at least two resources carry DCI and at least two resources carry UCI in the four time units, the number of at least two resources carrying DCI and the number of at least two resources carrying DCI may be The number of UCI resources determines the priority of PUCCH and search space. For example, if the 4 time units include 2 resources that carry DCI and 3 resources that carry UCI, the priority of the PUCCH in the first time unit is higher than the priority of the search space, and the terminal device can send on the PUCCH UCI, without receiving DCI in this search space, but the present application is not so limited.
根据上述方案,根据发生资源重叠的时间单元之前的时间单元中信息的发送频次判断 是否需要继续在重叠资源上发送该信息,能够保证信息的连续性。According to the above solution, whether it is necessary to continue to transmit the information on the overlapping resource is determined according to the transmission frequency of the information in the time unit before the time unit in which the resource overlap occurs, and the continuity of the information can be ensured.
可选地,在连续H个用于承载该第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送该第一信息,终端设备确定该第一资源的优先级高于该第二资源的优先级。Optionally, on H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, and the terminal device determines that the priority of the first resource is higher than that of the second resource. priority.
也就是说,若第一资源在连续H个周期内,均因资源重叠而未承载或未发送第一信息,则终端设备确定该第一时间单元中的第一资源优先级高于第二资源,在该第一资源上发送或接收该第一信息。能够避免第一信息长时间无法被传输。That is, if the first resource does not carry or transmit the first information due to overlapping resources in H consecutive periods, the terminal device determines that the priority of the first resource in the first time unit is higher than that of the second resource , and send or receive the first information on the first resource. It can be avoided that the first information cannot be transmitted for a long time.
根据上述方案,在资源重叠的情况下,终端设备和网络设备根据资源的优先级,确定在高优先级的资源上发送或接收与该资源相应的信息,能够使得终端设备和网络设备对重叠资源上承载的信息达成共识,能够提高通信的可靠性。According to the above solution, in the case of overlapping resources, the terminal device and the network device determine to send or receive information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the resource, so that the terminal device and the network device can be used for overlapping resources. A consensus can be reached on the information carried on the network, which can improve the reliability of communication.
本申请中图6所示的实施例可以与图2所示的实施例结合实施,例如,当第一时间单元中第一资源与第二资源在第三资源位置重叠的情况下,终端设备和网络设备根据该第一时间单元中包括的资源的格式,确定第三资源为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,若指示信息指示该第三资源为上行资源,则第三资源上仅能够承载上行信息,例如,第一资源为上行资源、第二资源为下行资源,终端设备和网络设备确定在第一资源上接收或发送第一信息,不在第二资源上接收或发送第二信息。或者,该第一资源和第二资源均为上行资源,终端设备和网络设备根据第一资源和第二资源的优先级,确定在高优先级的资源上发送与该资源对应的信息。若指示信息指示该第三资源为下行资源,例如,第一资源为上行资源、第二资源为下行资源,终端设备和网络设备确定在第二资源上接收或发送第二信息,不在第一资源上接收或发送第一信息。或者,该第一资源和第二资源均为上行资源,终端设备和网络设备根据第一资源和第二资源的优先级,确定在高优先级的资源上发送与该资源对应的信息。若该第三资源为灵活资源,终端设备和网络设备根据第一资源和第二资源的优先级,确定在高优先级的资源上发送与该资源对应的信息。The embodiment shown in FIG. 6 in this application may be implemented in combination with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2. For example, when the first resource and the second resource in the first time unit overlap at the third resource position, the terminal device and the The network device determines that the third resource is an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource according to the format of the resource included in the first time unit, and if the indication information indicates that the third resource is an uplink resource, the third resource can only carry uplink resources Information, for example, the first resource is an uplink resource and the second resource is a downlink resource, and the terminal device and the network device determine to receive or send the first information on the first resource and not to receive or send the second information on the second resource. Alternatively, the first resource and the second resource are both uplink resources, and the terminal device and the network device determine to send information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the first resource and the second resource. If the indication information indicates that the third resource is a downlink resource, for example, the first resource is an uplink resource and the second resource is a downlink resource, the terminal device and the network device determine to receive or send the second information on the second resource and not on the first resource. receive or send the first message on the Alternatively, the first resource and the second resource are both uplink resources, and the terminal device and the network device determine to send information corresponding to the resource on the high-priority resource according to the priority of the first resource and the second resource. If the third resource is a flexible resource, the terminal device and the network device determine, according to the priorities of the first resource and the second resource, to send information corresponding to the resource on the resource with high priority.
也就是说,指示信息指示的时间单元的格式的优先级最高,在不与指示信息指示的格式冲突的情况下,网络设备和终端设备再根据重叠资源的优先级,确定在高优先级的资源上发送或接收与该资源相应的信息。That is to say, the format of the time unit indicated by the indication information has the highest priority, and in the case of not conflicting with the format indicated by the indication information, the network device and the terminal device then determine the resource at the high priority according to the priority of the overlapping resources to send or receive information corresponding to the resource.
本申请实施例提供的无线通信方法还包括,当上行资源与下行资源之间的第二时间间隔小于第一时间间隔时,即小于终端设备在接收状态和发送状态之间切换需要的时间间隔,可以规定将第二时间间隔之前的资源提前或将第二时间间隔之后的资源延后使得上行资源与下行资源之间的资源间隔大于或等于第一时间间隔。可选地,可以规定资源提前或资源延后之后的资源间隔为第三时间间隔。该第三时间间隔大于或等于第一时间间隔。The wireless communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes, when the second time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is less than the first time interval, that is, less than the time interval required for the terminal device to switch between the receiving state and the sending state, It may be specified that the resources before the second time interval are advanced or the resources after the second time interval are delayed so that the resource interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is greater than or equal to the first time interval. Optionally, the resource interval after the resource advance or the resource delay may be specified as the third time interval. The third time interval is greater than or equal to the first time interval.
需要说明的是,第二时间间隔之前的资源可以是上行资源,第二时间间隔之后的资源可以是下行资源,或者,第二时间间隔之前的资源可以是下行资源,第二时间间隔之后的资源可以是上行资源,本申请对此不做限定。可选地,协议规定资源提前的时间量和/或资源延后的时间量。或者,网络设备通过信令向终端设备预先配置资源提前和/或或资源延后的时间量。It should be noted that the resources before the second time interval may be uplink resources, the resources after the second time interval may be downlink resources, or the resources before the second time interval may be downlink resources, and the resources after the second time interval It may be an uplink resource, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the protocol specifies the amount of time the resource is advanced and/or the amount of time the resource is delayed. Alternatively, the network device preconfigures the time amount of resource advance and/or resource delay to the terminal device through signaling.
可选地,由协议规定或网络预配置(如通过无线资源RRC消息配置或系统消息配置)资源提前的多个时间量(可以称为第一候选时间量集合),网络设备通过下行控制信息DCI或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE指示资源提前的多个时间量中的一个,即指示第一候选时间量集合中的一个。和/或,由协议规定或网络预配置(如通过无线资源RRC消 息配置或系统消息配置)资源延后的多个时间量(可以称为第二候选时间量集合),网络设备通过下行控制信息DCI或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE指示资源延后的多个时间量中的一个,即指示第二候选时间量集合中的一个。可选地,该第二时间间隔可以由协议规定或网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备。Optionally, multiple time amounts (which may be referred to as the first candidate time amount set) for resource advance are specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network (for example, configured through the radio resource RRC message or configured by the system message), and the network device passes the downlink control information DCI. Or the medium access control control element MAC CE indicates one of multiple time amounts for resource advance, that is, indicates one of the first candidate time amount sets. And/or, multiple time amounts (which may be referred to as the second candidate time amount set) for resource delay are specified by the protocol or pre-configured by the network (for example, configured through the radio resource RRC message or configured by the system message), and the network device uses the downlink control information The DCI or the medium access control control element MAC CE indicates one of the multiple time amounts of resource delay, i.e. indicates one of the second candidate time amount set. Optionally, the second time interval may be specified by a protocol or configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
例如图10所示,上行资源PUCCH与下行资源搜索空间均为半静态配置资源,在某个资源周期内的PUCCH可能与在某个资源周期内的搜索空间之间的间隔为3个符号,而第一时间间隔可能为4个符号,终端设备没有足够的时间从发送状态切换至接收状态,因此不能够在搜索空间内接收DCI。因此,可以规定当上行资源与下行资源之间的资源间隔小于4个符号时,在资源间隔之后的资源延后,以使延后处理后上行资源与下行资源之间的间隔等于5个符号。网络设备和终端设备均确定将该搜索空间延后2个符号,以使该PUCCH与搜索空间之间的间隔等于5个符号,则网络设备可以在延后的搜索空间上发送DCI,终端设备在延后的搜索空间内接收DCI,但本申请不限于此。For example, as shown in Figure 10, the uplink resource PUCCH and the downlink resource search space are both semi-statically configured resources, and the interval between the PUCCH in a certain resource period and the search space in a certain resource period may be 3 symbols, and The first time interval may be 4 symbols, and the terminal device does not have enough time to switch from the transmitting state to the receiving state, so it cannot receive DCI in the search space. Therefore, when the resource interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is less than 4 symbols, the resources after the resource interval are delayed, so that the interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources after the delay processing is equal to 5 symbols. Both the network device and the terminal device determine to delay the search space by 2 symbols, so that the interval between the PUCCH and the search space is equal to 5 symbols, then the network device can send DCI in the delayed search space, and the terminal device can DCI is received in the delayed search space, but the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,网络设备可以通过动态调度DCI或MAC CE指示是否执行提前资源或延后资源。Optionally, the network device may indicate whether to perform advance resources or delay resources by dynamically scheduling DCI or MAC CE.
例如,网络设备预先发送DCI指示延后资源间隔后的资源,或者指示不延后资源间隔后的资源,从而终端设备根据该DCI的指示确定是否延后资源间隔后的资源,使得终端设备和网络设备达成共识,但本申请不限于此。For example, the network device pre-sends DCI to indicate that the resources after the resource interval are delayed, or indicate that the resources after the resource interval are not delayed, so that the terminal device determines whether to delay the resources after the resource interval according to the DCI indication, so that the terminal device and the network Devices reach a consensus, but this application is not limited to this.
根据上述方案,终端设备和网络设备提前或延后资源,使得上行资源与下行资源之间的间隔满足HD-FDD的上下行切换时间间隔需求,能够减小因无法切换接收状态、发送状态而造成的传输时延。According to the above solution, the terminal equipment and the network equipment advance or delay resources, so that the interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources satisfies the time interval requirement of the uplink and downlink switching of HD-FDD, which can reduce the problems caused by the inability to switch the receiving state and the sending state. transmission delay.
以上,结合图2至图10详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图11至图13详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,各网元可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above, the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail with reference to FIG. 2 to FIG. 10 . Hereinafter, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 11 to FIG. 13 . In order to implement the functions in the methods provided by the above embodiments of the present application, each network element may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and implement the above functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. Whether a certain function of the above functions is performed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
图11是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图11所示,该通信装置1100可以包括处理单元1110和收发单元1120。FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the communication apparatus 1100 may include a processing unit 1110 and a transceiver unit 1120 .
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1100可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备,或者配置于(或用于)终端设备中的芯片,或者其他能够实现终端设备的方法的装置、模块、电路或单元等。In a possible design, the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the terminal equipment in the above method embodiments, or a chip configured (or used in) the terminal equipment, or other apparatuses capable of implementing the methods of the terminal equipment, Modules, circuits or units, etc.
应理解,该通信装置1100可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200、600中的终端设备,该通信装置1100可以包括用于执行图2、图6中的方法200、600中终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1100中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2、图6中的方法200、600的相应流程。It should be understood that the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the terminal equipment in the methods 200 and 600 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication apparatus 1100 may include the terminal equipment for executing the methods 200 and 600 in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 . method unit. In addition, each unit in the communication device 1100 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 200 and 600 in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 , respectively.
还应理解,该通信装置1100为配置于(或用于)终端设备中的芯片时,该通信装置1100中的收发单元1120可以为芯片的输入/输出接口或电路,该通信装置1100中的处理单元1110可以为芯片中的处理器。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1100 is a chip configured (or used in) a terminal device, the transceiver unit 1120 in the communication device 1100 may be an input/output interface or circuit of the chip, and the processing in the communication device 1100 Unit 1110 may be a processor in a chip.
可选地,通信装置1100还可以包括处理单元1110,该处理单元1110可以用于处理指令或者数据,以实现相应的操作。Optionally, the communication apparatus 1100 may further include a processing unit 1110, and the processing unit 1110 may be configured to process instructions or data to implement corresponding operations.
可选地,通信装置1100还可以包括存储单元1130,该存储单元1130可以用于存储指令或者数据,处理单元1110可以执行该存储单元中存储的指令或者数据,以使该通信装置实现相应的操作。该通信装置1100中的该通信装置1100中的收发单元1120为可对应于图12中示出的终端设备1200中的收发器1210,存储单元1130可对应于图12中示出的终端设备1200中的存储器。Optionally, the communication device 1100 may further include a storage unit 1130, the storage unit 1130 may be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit 1110 may execute the instructions or data stored in the storage unit, so as to enable the communication device to implement corresponding operations . The transceiver unit 1120 in the communication device 1100 in the communication device 1100 may correspond to the transceiver 1210 in the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 , and the storage unit 1130 may correspond to the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 . of memory.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
还应理解,该通信装置1100为终端设备时,该通信装置1100中的收发单元1120为可通过通信接口(如收发器、收发电路、管脚或输入/输出接口)实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的终端设备1200中的收发器1210,该通信装置1100中的处理单元1110可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的终端设备1200中的处理器1220,该通信装置1100中的处理单元1110可通过至少一个逻辑电路实现。It should also be understood that when the communication apparatus 1100 is a terminal device, the transceiver unit 1120 in the communication apparatus 1100 may be implemented through a communication interface (such as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, pins or an input/output interface), for example, it may correspond to FIG. The transceiver 1210 in the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12, the processing unit 1110 in the communication apparatus 1100 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1220 in the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12, The processing unit 1110 in the communication device 1100 may be implemented by at least one logic circuit.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1100可对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备,例如,或者配置于(或用于)网络设备中的芯片,或者其他能够实现网络设备的方法的装置、模块、电路或单元等。In another possible design, the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the network device in the above method embodiments, for example, or a chip configured (or used in) the network device, or other methods capable of implementing the network device device, module, circuit or unit, etc.
应理解,该通信装置1100可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200、600中的网络设备。该通信装置1100可以包括用于执行图2、图6中的方法200、600中网络设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1100中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2、图6中的方法200、600的相应流程。It should be understood that the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the network device in the methods 200 and 600 according to the embodiments of the present application. The communication apparatus 1100 may include means for performing the method performed by the network device in the methods 200 and 600 in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 . In addition, each unit in the communication device 1100 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 200 and 600 in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 , respectively.
还应理解,该通信装置1100为配置于(或用于)网络设备中的芯片时,该通信装置1100中的收发单元为芯片中的输入/输出接口或电路,该通信装置1100中的处理单元1110可为芯片中的处理器。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1100 is a chip configured (or used in) a network device, the transceiver unit in the communication device 1100 is an input/output interface or circuit in the chip, and the processing unit in the communication device 1100 1110 may be a processor in a chip.
可选地,通信装置1100还可以包括处理单元1110,该处理单元1110可以用于处理指令或者数据,以实现相应的操作。Optionally, the communication apparatus 1100 may further include a processing unit 1110, and the processing unit 1110 may be configured to process instructions or data to implement corresponding operations.
可选地,通信装置1100还可以包括存储单元1130,该存储单元可以用于存储指令或者数据,处理单元可以执行该存储单元1130中存储的指令或者数据,以使该通信装置实现相应的操作。该通信装置1100中的存储单元1130为可对应于图13中示出的网络设备1300中的存储器。Optionally, the communication apparatus 1100 may further include a storage unit 1130, which may be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit may execute the instructions or data stored in the storage unit 1130 to enable the communication apparatus to implement corresponding operations. The storage unit 1130 in the communication apparatus 1100 may correspond to the memory in the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 .
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
还应理解,该通信装置1100为网络设备时,该通信装置1100中的收发单元1120为可通过通信接口(如收发器、收发电路、管脚或输入/输出接口)实现,例如可对应于图13中示出的网络设备1300中的收发器1310,该通信装置1100中的处理单元1110可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图13中示出的网络设备1300中的处理器1320,该通信装置1100中的处理单元1110可通过至少一个逻辑电路实现。It should also be understood that when the communication apparatus 1100 is a network device, the transceiver unit 1120 in the communication apparatus 1100 may be implemented through a communication interface (such as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, pins or an input/output interface), for example, it may correspond to FIG. The transceiver 1310 in the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13, the processing unit 1110 in the communication apparatus 1100 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1320 in the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13, The processing unit 1110 in the communication device 1100 may be implemented by at least one logic circuit.
图12是本申请实施例提供的终端设备1100的结构示意图。该终端设备1200可应用于如图1所示的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。如图所示,该终端设备1200包括处理器1220和收发器1210。可选地,该终端设备1200还包括存储器。其中,处理器1220、收发器1210和存储器之间可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/ 或数据信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器1220用于执行该存储器中的该计算机程序,以控制该收发器1210收发信号。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 1200 can be applied in the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments. As shown, the terminal device 1200 includes a processor 1220 and a transceiver 1210 . Optionally, the terminal device 1200 further includes a memory. Wherein, the processor 1220, the transceiver 1210 and the memory can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor 1220 is used to execute the computer in the memory. program to control the transceiver 1210 to send and receive signals.
上述处理器1220可以和存储器可以合成一个处理装置,处理器1220用于执行存储器中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器也可以集成在处理器1220中,或者独立于处理器1220。该处理器1220可以与图11中的处理单元对应。The above-mentioned processor 1220 can be combined with the memory to form a processing device, and the processor 1220 is configured to execute the program codes stored in the memory to realize the above-mentioned functions. During specific implementation, the memory can also be integrated in the processor 1220 or independent of the processor 1220 . The processor 1220 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 11 .
上述收发器1210可以与图11中的收发单元对应。收发器1210可以包括接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)和发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。其中,接收器用于接收信号,发射器用于发射信号。The transceiver 1210 described above may correspond to the transceiver unit in FIG. 11 . The transceiver 1210 may include a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or transmitter, transmitting circuit). Among them, the receiver is used for receiving signals, and the transmitter is used for transmitting signals.
应理解,图12所示的终端设备1200能够实现图2、图6所示方法实施例中涉及终端设备的过程。终端设备1200中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 can implement the processes involving the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 . The operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device 1200 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and to avoid repetition, the detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
上述处理器1220可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由终端设备内部实现的动作,而收发器1210可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端设备向网络设备发送或从网络设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned processor 1220 may be used to perform the actions described in the foregoing method embodiments that are implemented inside the terminal device, and the transceiver 1210 may be used to perform the operations described in the foregoing method embodiments that the terminal device sends to or receives from the network device. action. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,上述终端设备1200还可以包括电源,用于给终端设备中的各种器件或电路提供电源。Optionally, the above-mentioned terminal device 1200 may further include a power supply for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
除此之外,为了使得终端设备的功能更加完善,该终端设备1200还可以包括输入单元、显示单元、音频电路、摄像头和传感器等中的一个或多个,所述音频电路还可以包括扬声器、麦克风等。In addition, in order to make the functions of the terminal device more complete, the terminal device 1200 may further include one or more of an input unit, a display unit, an audio circuit, a camera, a sensor, etc. The audio circuit may also include a speaker, microphone, etc.
图13是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图,该网络设备1300可应用于如图1所示的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。例如可以为网络设备的相关结构的示意图。如图所示,该网络设备1300包括处理器1320和收发器1310。可选地,该网络设备1300还包括存储器。其中,处理器1320、收发器1310和存储器之间可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器1320用于执行该存储器中的该计算机程序,以控制该收发器1310收发信号。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The network device 1300 may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, it may be a schematic diagram of a related structure of a network device. As shown, the network device 1300 includes a processor 1320 and a transceiver 1310. Optionally, the network device 1300 further includes a memory. The processor 1320, the transceiver 1310 and the memory can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor 1320 is used to execute the computer in the memory. program to control the transceiver 1310 to send and receive signals.
应理解,图13所示的网络设备1300能够实现图2、图6所示方法实施例中涉及网络设备的各个过程。网络设备1300中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 can implement various processes involving the network device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 . The operations and/or functions of each module in the network device 1300 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and to avoid repetition, the detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
应理解,图13所示出的网络设备1300可以是eNB或gNB,可选地,网络设备包含CU、DU和AAU的网络设备等,可选地,CU可以具体分为CU-CP和CU-UP。本申请对于网络设备的具体架构不作限定。It should be understood that the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 may be an eNB or a gNB. Optionally, the network device includes network devices such as CU, DU, and AAU. Optionally, CU may be specifically divided into CU-CP and CU- UP. This application does not limit the specific architecture of the network device.
应理解,图13所示出的网络设备1300可以是CU节点或CU-CP节点。It should be understood that the network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 may be a CU node or a CU-CP node.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和(通信)接口;所述处理器用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and a (communication) interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处 理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the above-mentioned processing device may be one or more chips. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or a It is a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
在本申请实施例中,存储器可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In this embodiment of the present application, the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (RAM). Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer. The memory in this embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of implementing a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码(或指令),当该计算机程序代码由一个或多个处理器执行时,使得包括该处理器的装置执行图2、图6所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code (or instructions), when the computer program code is executed by one or more processors, the computer program code includes: The device of the processor executes the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 .
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、终端设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质等。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present invention are generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a terminal device, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that includes one or more available media integrated. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media, and the like.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有程序代码(或指令),当该程序代码由一个或多个处理器运行时,使得包括该处理器的装置执行图2、图6所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores program codes (or instructions), and when the program codes are executed by one or more processors, The device including the processor is caused to execute the method in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 .
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个网络设备。还系统还可以进一步包括前述的一个或多个终端设备。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application further provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more network devices. The system may further include one or more of the aforementioned terminal devices.
上述各个装置实施例中网络设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络设备或终端设备完全对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The network equipment in each of the above apparatus embodiments completely corresponds to the terminal equipment and the network equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units. For the sending step, other steps except sending and receiving may be performed by a processing unit (processor). For functions of specific units, reference may be made to corresponding method embodiments. The number of processors may be one or more.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本 申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
在本申请实施例中,在无逻辑矛盾的前提下,各实施例之间可以相互引用,例如方法实施例之间的方法和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例和方法实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用。In the embodiments of the present application, on the premise of no logical contradiction, the embodiments may refer to each other. For example, the methods and/or terms between the method embodiments may refer to each other, such as the functions and/or the device embodiments. Or terms may refer to each other, eg, functions and/or terms between an apparatus embodiment and a method embodiment may refer to each other.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (39)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,所述K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,所述指示信息承载在媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE中和/或承载在终端设备特定的下行控制信息DCI中,K为大于0的整数。Receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate K time unit format configuration information, where the K time unit format configuration information is used to indicate uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units One or more resources in , the indication information is carried in the medium access control MAC control element CE and/or carried in the terminal equipment-specific downlink control information DCI, and K is an integer greater than 0.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述K个时间单元格式配置信息为至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组中的时间单元格式配置信息,所述至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组包括以下时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项:The method according to claim 1, wherein the K pieces of time unit format configuration information are time unit format configuration information in at least one time unit format configuration information group, and the at least one time unit format configuration information group includes One or more of the following time unit format configuration information groups:
    第一时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第一时间单元格式配置信息,所述第一时间单元格式配置信息用于指示一个所述时间单元中的每个子时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,一个所述时间单元包括M个子时间单元,M为大于0的整数;The first time unit format configuration information group, including at least one first time unit format configuration information, the first time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in one of the time units is uplink resources, downlink resources or Flexible resources, one of the time units includes M sub-time units, where M is an integer greater than 0;
    第二时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第二时间单元格式配置信息,所述第二时间单元格式配置信息用于指示P个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,P为小于或等于N的正整数;和,The second time unit format configuration information group includes at least one second time unit format configuration information, where the second time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each time unit in the P time units is uplink resource, downlink resource or flexible resource, P is a positive integer less than or equal to N; and,
    第三时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第三时间单元格式配置信息,所述第三时间单元格式配置信息用于指示L个时间单元中的每个子时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,所述L个时间单元中包括的L*M个子时间单元,L为小于或等于N的正整数。The third time unit format configuration information group includes at least one third time unit format configuration information, where the third time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in the L time units is uplink resource, downlink resource or flexible Resource, L*M sub-time units included in the L time units, L is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息具体指示所述K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息的标识,或者,所述指示信息具体指示所述至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组中的每个所述时间单元格式配置信息组的标识和所述K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息在对应的时间单元格式配置信息组中的标识。The method according to claim 2, wherein the indication information specifically indicates an identifier of each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information, or the indication information specifically indicates the The identifier of each time unit format configuration information group in the at least one time unit format configuration information group and each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information are in the corresponding time unit format configuration information group. identification in .
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元格式配置信息组、所述第二时间单元格式配置信息组和所述第三时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项为协议规定的或网络配置的。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein one of the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group The item or items are specified by the protocol or configured by the network.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个时间单元是所述指示信息所在的时间单元之后的N个时间单元。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the N time units are N time units following the time unit where the indication information is located.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置一个或多个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源;receiving first configuration information from the network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure each time unit in one or more time units as an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource;
    根据所述指示信息,确定所述一个或多个时间单元中的灵活资源与所述N个时间单元中重叠的资源包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种。According to the indication information, it is determined that the flexible resources in the one or more time units and the overlapping resources in the N time units include one or more of uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个时间单元中包括用于承载第一信息的第一资源和用于承载第二信息的第二资源,所述第一资源和所述第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,其中,第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,以及,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, and the The first resource and the second resource overlap at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes:
    在所述第一资源上发送或接收所述第一信息。The first information is sent or received on the first resource.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源中包括至少一个第一子资源,其中,不同所述第一子资源的以下信息中的至少一项不同:频率、时间、所述第一信息的类型和所述第一资源的类型,所述至少一个第一子资源中的每个所述第一子资源对应一个优先级,所述第二资源中包括至少一个第二子资源,其中,不同所述第二子资源的以下信息中的至少一项不同:频率、时间、所述第二信息的类型和所述第二资源的类型,所述至少一个第二子资源中的每个所述第二子资源对应一个优先级,The method according to claim 7, wherein the first resource includes at least one first sub-resource, wherein at least one of the following information of different first sub-resources is different: frequency, time, The type of the first information and the type of the first resource, each of the first sub-resources in the at least one first sub-resource corresponds to a priority, and the second resource includes at least one second sub-resources, wherein at least one of the following information of different second sub-resources is different: frequency, time, type of the second information and type of the second resource, the at least one second sub-resource is different Each of the second sub-resources in corresponds to a priority,
    其中,所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,包括:Wherein, the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, including:
    所述第三资源对应的第一子资源的优先级高于所述第三资源对应的第二子资源的优先级。The priority of the first sub-resource corresponding to the third resource is higher than the priority of the second sub-resource corresponding to the third resource.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源和所述第二资源为第一时间单元中的资源,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一信息为上行信息,所述第二信息为下行信息,所述第一时间单元之前的第Q个所述时间单元包括上行资源,且承载了上行信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级;或者,所述第一时间单元之前的第Q个所述时间单元包括下行资源,且未承载下行信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,或者,The first information is uplink information, the second information is downlink information, and the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes uplink resources and carries uplink information, and determines the size of the first resource. The priority is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes downlink resources and does not carry downlink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher the priority of the second resource, or,
    所述第一信息为下行信息,所述第二信息为上行信息,所述第一时间单元之前的第Q个所述时间单元包括上行资源,且未承载上行信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级;或者,所述第一时间单元之前的第Q个所述时间单元包括下行资源,且承载了下行信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,The first information is downlink information, the second information is uplink information, and the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes uplink resources and does not carry uplink information, and determines the value of the first resource. The priority is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes downlink resources and carries downlink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher at the priority of the second resource,
    其中,Q为正整数。where Q is a positive integer.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源和所述第二资源为第一时间单元中的资源,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一时间单元之前的第R个时间单元与之前的第Q个时间单元之间的至少T个资源承载了所述第一信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,其中,R为大于或等于Q的整数,Q、T为大于0的整数。At least T resources between the Rth time unit before the first time unit and the Qth time unit before the first time unit carry the first information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the first resource. Two priorities of resources, where R is an integer greater than or equal to Q, and Q and T are integers greater than 0.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,Q个所述时间单元的时间长度大于或等于第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔。The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the time length of the Q time units is greater than or equal to a first time interval, and the first time interval is a time interval during which the receiving state is switched to the sending state or the sending state The time interval from the state to the received state.
  12. 根据权利要求7至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    在连续H个用于承载所述第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送所述第一信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级。On H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource .
  13. 根据权利要求7至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述第一资源的优先级,所述第三配置信息用于配置所述第二资源的优先级。Receive second configuration information and third configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the priority of the first resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource priority.
  14. 根据权利要求7至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源和所述第二资源为周期性资源或半静态资源,所述第一资源或所述第二资源为以下资源中的一种资源:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 13, wherein the first resource and the second resource are periodic resources or semi-static resources, and the first resource or the second resource is one of the following resources:
    配置授权物理上行共享信道的资源、探测参考信号SRS的资源、物理上行控制信道 PUCCH的资源、物理随机接入信道PRACH的资源、搜索空间、半静态信道状态参考信号SP-CSI-RS的资源、和半持续调度下行共享信道SPS-PUSCH的资源。Configure the resources of the authorized physical uplink shared channel, the resources of the sounding reference signal SRS, the resources of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH, the resources of the physical random access channel PRACH, the search space, the resources of the semi-static channel state reference signal SP-CSI-RS, and semi-persistent scheduling downlink shared channel SPS-PUSCH resources.
  15. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    向终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示K个时间单元格式配置信息,所述K个时间单元格式配置信息用于指示N个时间单元中包括的上行资源、下行资源和灵活资源中的一种或多种资源,所述指示信息承载在媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE中和/或承载在终端设备特定的下行控制信息DCI中,K为大于0的整数。Send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the format configuration information of the K time units, and the format configuration information of the K time units is used to indicate the uplink resources, downlink resources and flexible resources included in the N time units One or more resources, the indication information is carried in the medium access control MAC control element CE and/or carried in the terminal equipment-specific downlink control information DCI, and K is an integer greater than 0.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述K个时间单元格式配置信息为至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组中的时间单元格式配置信息,所述至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组包括以下时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项:The method according to claim 15, wherein the K pieces of time unit format configuration information are time unit format configuration information in at least one time unit format configuration information group, and the at least one time unit format configuration information group includes One or more of the following time unit format configuration information groups:
    第一时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第一时间单元格式配置信息,所述第一时间单元格式配置信息用于指示一个所述时间单元中的每个子时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,一个所述时间单元包括M个子时间单元,M为大于0的整数;The first time unit format configuration information group, including at least one first time unit format configuration information, the first time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in one of the time units is uplink resources, downlink resources or Flexible resources, one of the time units includes M sub-time units, where M is an integer greater than 0;
    第二时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第二时间单元格式配置信息,所述第二时间单元格式配置信息用于指示P个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,P为小于或等于N的正整数;The second time unit format configuration information group includes at least one second time unit format configuration information, where the second time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each time unit in the P time units is uplink resource, downlink resource or flexible Resource, P is a positive integer less than or equal to N;
    第三时间单元格式配置信息组,包括至少一个第三时间单元格式配置信息,所述第三时间单元格式配置信息用于指示L个时间单元中的每个子时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源,所述L个时间单元中包括的L*M个子时间单元,L为小于或等于N的正整数。The third time unit format configuration information group includes at least one third time unit format configuration information, where the third time unit format configuration information is used to indicate that each sub-time unit in the L time units is uplink resource, downlink resource or flexible Resource, L*M sub-time units included in the L time units, L is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息具体指示所述K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息的标识,或者,所述指示信息具体指示所述至少一个时间单元格式配置信息组中的每个所述时间单元格式配置信息组的标识和所述K个时间单元格式配置信息中的每个时间单元格式配置信息在对应的所述时间单元格式配置信息组中的标识。The method according to claim 16, wherein the indication information specifically indicates an identifier of each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information, or the indication information specifically indicates the The identifier of each time unit format configuration information group in at least one time unit format configuration information group and each time unit format configuration information in the K time unit format configuration information are configured in the corresponding time unit format The identifier in the information group.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein,
    所述第一时间单元格式配置信息组、所述第二时间单元格式配置信息组和所述第三时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项为协议规定的,或者,所述方法还包括:One or more of the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration information group are specified by the protocol, or the method further include:
    向所述终端设备发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于配置所述第一时间单元格式配置信息组、所述第二时间单元格式配置信息组和所述第三时间单元格式配置信息组中的一项或多项。Send fourth configuration information to the terminal device, where the fourth configuration information is used to configure the first time unit format configuration information group, the second time unit format configuration information group, and the third time unit format configuration One or more of the information groups.
  19. 根据权利要求15至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个时间单元是所述指示信息所在的时间单元之后的N个时间单元。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, wherein the N time units are N time units following the time unit where the indication information is located.
  20. 根据权利要求15至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 19, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置多个时间单元中的每个时间单元为上行资源、下行资源或灵活资源。The first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure each time unit in the multiple time units as an uplink resource, a downlink resource or a flexible resource.
  21. 根据权利要求15至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个时间单元中包括用于承载第一信息的第一资源和用于承载第二信息的第二资源,所述第一资源和所述第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,其中,第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,以 及,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 20, wherein the N time units include a first resource for carrying the first information and a second resource for carrying the second information, and the The first resource and the second resource overlap at a third resource location, wherein the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, and the method further includes:
    在所述第一资源上发送或接收所述第一信息。The first information is sent or received on the first resource.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源包括至少一个第一子资源,其中,不同第一子资源的以下信息中的至少一项不同:频率、时间、所述第一信息的类型和所述第一资源的类型,所述至少一个第一子资源中的每个所述第一子资源对应一个优先级,所述第二资源中包括至少一个第二子资源,其中,不同第二子资源的以下信息中的至少一项不同:频率、时间、所述第二信息的类型和所述第二资源的类型,所述至少一个第二子资源中的每个所述第二子资源对应一个优先级,The method according to claim 21, wherein the first resource comprises at least one first sub-resource, wherein at least one of the following information of different first sub-resources is different: frequency, time, the first sub-resource a type of information and a type of the first resource, each of the first sub-resources in the at least one first sub-resource corresponds to a priority, and the second resource includes at least one second sub-resource, Wherein, at least one of the following information of different second sub-resources is different: frequency, time, type of the second information, and type of the second resource, and each of the at least one second sub-resource contains The second sub-resource corresponds to a priority,
    以及,所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,包括:And, the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource, including:
    所述第三资源对应的第一子资源的优先级高于所述第三资源对应的所述第二子资源的优先级。The priority of the first sub-resource corresponding to the third resource is higher than the priority of the second sub-resource corresponding to the third resource.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源和所述第二资源为第一时间单元中的资源,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一信息为上行信息,所述第二信息为下行信息,所述第一时间单元之前的第Q个所述时间单元包括上行资源,且承载了上行信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级;或者,所述第一时间单元之前的第Q个所述时间单元包括下行资源,且未承载下行信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,或者,The first information is uplink information, the second information is downlink information, and the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes uplink resources and carries uplink information, and determines the size of the first resource. The priority is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes downlink resources and does not carry downlink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher the priority of the second resource, or,
    所述第一信息为下行信息,所述第二信息为上行信息,所述第一时间单元之前的第Q个所述时间单元包括上行资源,且未承载上行信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级;或者,所述第一时间单元之前的第Q个所述时间单元包括下行资源,且承载了下行信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,The first information is downlink information, the second information is uplink information, and the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes uplink resources and does not carry uplink information, and determines the value of the first resource. The priority is higher than the priority of the second resource; or, the Qth time unit before the first time unit includes downlink resources and carries downlink information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher at the priority of the second resource,
    其中,Q为正整数。where Q is a positive integer.
  24. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源和所述第二资源为第一时间单元中的资源,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the first resource and the second resource are resources in a first time unit, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一时间单元之前的第R个所述时间单元与之前的第Q个所述时间单元之间的至少T个资源承载了所述第一信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,其中,R为大于或等于Q的整数,Q、T为大于0的整数。At least T resources between the R th time unit before the first time unit and the Q th time unit before the first time unit carry the first information, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is high Regarding the priority of the second resource, R is an integer greater than or equal to Q, and Q and T are integers greater than 0.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,Q个所述时间单元的时间长度大于或等于第一时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔。The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the time length of the Q time units is greater than or equal to a first time interval, and the first time interval is a time interval during which the receiving state is switched to the sending state or the sending state The time interval from the state to the received state.
  26. 根据权利要求21至25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 25, wherein the method further comprises:
    在连续H个用于承载所述第一信息的资源上,因资源重叠而未接收或未发送所述第一信息,确定所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级。On H consecutive resources used to carry the first information, the first information is not received or not sent due to overlapping resources, and it is determined that the priority of the first resource is higher than the priority of the second resource .
  27. 根据权利要求21至26中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 26, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息和第三配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述第一资源的优先级,所述第三配置信息用于配置所述第二资源的优先级。Send second configuration information and third configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the priority of the first resource, and the third configuration information is used to configure the priority of the second resource class.
  28. 根据权利要求21至27中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源和所述第二资源为周期性资源或半静态资源,所述第一资源和/或所述第二资源为以下资源中的一种资源:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 27, wherein the first resource and the second resource are periodic resources or semi-static resources, and the first resource and/or the second resource are The second resource is one of the following resources:
    配置授权物理上行共享信道、用于承载探测参考信号SRS的资源、物理上行控制信道PUCCH、物理随机接入信道PRACH、搜索空间、用于承载半静态信道状态参考信号SP-CSI-RS和半持续调度下行共享信道SPS-PUSCH。Configure the authorized physical uplink shared channel, resources for carrying sounding reference signal SRS, physical uplink control channel PUCCH, physical random access channel PRACH, search space, for carrying semi-static channel state reference signal SP-CSI-RS and semi-persistent The downlink shared channel SPS-PUSCH is scheduled.
  29. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    确定第一资源和第二资源在第三资源位置重叠,所述第一资源用于承载第一信息,所述第二资源用于承载第二信息;所述第一资源的优先级高于所述第二资源的优先级,在所述第一资源上发送或接收所述第一信息。It is determined that the first resource and the second resource overlap at the third resource position, the first resource is used to carry the first information, and the second resource is used to carry the second information; the priority of the first resource is higher than that of the first resource. the priority of the second resource, and the first information is sent or received on the first resource.
  30. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    当上行资源与下行资源之间的第二时间间隔小于第一时间间隔时,确定所述第二时间间隔之前的资源被提前和/或确定所述第二时间间隔之后的资源被延后至所述上行资源与所述下行资源之间的时间间隔大于或等于所述第一时间间隔,其中,所述第一时间间隔为接收状态切换至发送状态的时间间隔或发送状态至接收状态的时间间隔。When the second time interval between the uplink resources and the downlink resources is smaller than the first time interval, determine that the resources before the second time interval are advanced and/or determine that the resources after the second time interval are delayed to the specified time interval The time interval between the uplink resource and the downlink resource is greater than or equal to the first time interval, where the first time interval is the time interval from the receiving state to the sending state or the time interval from the sending state to the receiving state .
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,用于实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法,和/或,如权利要求29或30所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by being used for implementing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, and/or the method according to claim 29 or 30.
  32. 一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于执行权利要求1至14、29和30任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processor and a memory coupled to the processor for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 14, 29 and 30.
  33. 一种通信装置,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器利用所述通信接口,执行权利要求1至14、29和30中任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processor and a communication interface, the processor using the communication interface to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 14, 29 and 30.
  34. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,用于实现如权利要求15至28、29和30中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by being used for implementing the method according to any one of claims 15 to 28, 29 and 30.
  35. 一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于执行权利要求15至28、29和30任一项所述的方法。A communications apparatus comprising a processor and a memory coupled to the processor for performing the method of any of claims 15 to 28, 29 and 30.
  36. 一种通信装置,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器利用所述通信接口,执行权利要求15至28、29和30中任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processor and a communication interface, the processor using the communication interface to perform the method of any one of claims 15 to 28, 29 and 30.
  37. 一种通信系统,包括权利要求31至33任一项所述的通信装置,和权利要求34至36任一项所述的通信装置。A communication system, comprising the communication device according to any one of claims 31 to 33, and the communication device according to any one of claims 34 to 36.
  38. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至30中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by storing instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 30.
  39. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至30中任一项所述的的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 30.
PCT/CN2020/121197 2020-10-15 2020-10-15 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2022077351A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/121197 WO2022077351A1 (en) 2020-10-15 2020-10-15 Communication method and communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/121197 WO2022077351A1 (en) 2020-10-15 2020-10-15 Communication method and communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022077351A1 true WO2022077351A1 (en) 2022-04-21

Family

ID=81207442

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/121197 WO2022077351A1 (en) 2020-10-15 2020-10-15 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022077351A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024119418A1 (en) * 2022-12-07 2024-06-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Channel monitoring method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105264995A (en) * 2013-03-28 2016-01-20 三星电子株式会社 Downlink signaling for adaptation of an uplink-downlink configuration in tdd communication systems
CN107852289A (en) * 2015-07-29 2018-03-27 高通股份有限公司 Boundling and mixed automatic repeat request for enhanced machine type communication operate
CN108633041A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Receive the method for information and its method and its device of device and transmission information
CN109327884A (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-12 华为技术有限公司 Communication means, the network equipment and trunking
CN110856217A (en) * 2018-08-20 2020-02-28 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Resource allocation and uplink transmission method, base station and terminal
CN111107650A (en) * 2017-03-20 2020-05-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105264995A (en) * 2013-03-28 2016-01-20 三星电子株式会社 Downlink signaling for adaptation of an uplink-downlink configuration in tdd communication systems
CN107852289A (en) * 2015-07-29 2018-03-27 高通股份有限公司 Boundling and mixed automatic repeat request for enhanced machine type communication operate
CN111107650A (en) * 2017-03-20 2020-05-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN108633041A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Receive the method for information and its method and its device of device and transmission information
CN109327884A (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-12 华为技术有限公司 Communication means, the network equipment and trunking
CN110856217A (en) * 2018-08-20 2020-02-28 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Resource allocation and uplink transmission method, base station and terminal

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024119418A1 (en) * 2022-12-07 2024-06-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Channel monitoring method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021128931A1 (en) Cross-carrier scheduling method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2018228511A1 (en) Communication method, network device, and terminal
WO2020125433A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP3372007A1 (en) Scheduling ues with mixed tti length
JP2023078303A (en) Control channel structure design for accommodating v2x traffic
US20240137943A1 (en) Handling misalignment between arrival of critical data for transmission and transmission occasions of a configured grant
WO2021017702A1 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus
JP7250038B2 (en) Transport block size selection for early data transmission
US11510225B2 (en) Methods, terminal device and base station for physical downlink control channel monitoring
WO2018205874A1 (en) Transmission method, terminal, and network device
US12088527B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2023512807A (en) Method and apparatus for supporting reduced capacity devices in wireless communications
US20210160859A1 (en) Communications method and apparatus
US11259362B2 (en) Method for repeatedly transmitting data and device
WO2021027551A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2019051802A1 (en) Data transmission method, network device and terminal device
WO2018137700A1 (en) Communication method, device, and system
WO2019029463A1 (en) Method and device for receiving control information and sending control information
US20210219298A1 (en) Resource configuration method, information sending method, and apparatus
WO2018171461A1 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus and system
WO2019062151A1 (en) Resource indication method, communication device and network device
JP7052047B2 (en) Methods for semi-persistent scheduling, network equipment and terminal equipment
TWI678939B (en) Information transmission method and device
US20240340876A1 (en) Radio frequency link switching method and communication apparatus
WO2019192004A1 (en) Data transmission method, information transmission method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20957130

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20957130

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1